types

package
v1.1.1 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Feb 10, 2021 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 3 Imported by: 2

Documentation

Index

Constants

This section is empty.

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix 

type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix string
const (
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD"
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal             AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

func (AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) Values() []AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

Values returns all known values for AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacCodecProfile 

type AacCodecProfile string
const (
	AacCodecProfileLc   AacCodecProfile = "LC"
	AacCodecProfileHev1 AacCodecProfile = "HEV1"
	AacCodecProfileHev2 AacCodecProfile = "HEV2"
)

Enum values for AacCodecProfile

func (AacCodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacCodecProfile) Values() []AacCodecProfile

Values returns all known values for AacCodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacCodingMode 

type AacCodingMode string
const (
	AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix AacCodingMode = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode10  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode11  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode20  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode51  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1"
)

Enum values for AacCodingMode

func (AacCodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacCodingMode) Values() []AacCodingMode

Values returns all known values for AacCodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacRateControlMode 

type AacRateControlMode string
const (
	AacRateControlModeCbr AacRateControlMode = "CBR"
	AacRateControlModeVbr AacRateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for AacRateControlMode

func (AacRateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacRateControlMode) Values() []AacRateControlMode

Values returns all known values for AacRateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacRawFormat 

type AacRawFormat string
const (
	AacRawFormatLatmLoas AacRawFormat = "LATM_LOAS"
	AacRawFormatNone     AacRawFormat = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AacRawFormat

func (AacRawFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacRawFormat) Values() []AacRawFormat

Values returns all known values for AacRawFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacSettings 

type AacSettings struct {

	// Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio + audio
	// description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be set to 3,
	// which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster mixed
	// AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed audio;
	// the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD,
	// the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and
	// FollowInputAudioType. Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed
	// audio + audio description (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values
	// you provide for AudioType and FollowInputAudioType.
	AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The set of valid values for this
	// setting is: 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000, 14000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000,
	// 40000, 48000, 56000, 64000, 80000, 96000, 112000, 128000, 160000, 192000,
	// 224000, 256000, 288000, 320000, 384000, 448000, 512000, 576000, 640000, 768000,
	// 896000, 1024000. The value you set is also constrained by the values that you
	// choose for Profile (codecProfile), Bitrate control mode (codingMode), and Sample
	// rate (sampleRate). Default values depend on Bitrate control mode and Profile.
	Bitrate int32

	// AAC Profile.
	CodecProfile AacCodecProfile

	// Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values
	// depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver
	// Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits a mono
	// AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in the PES header
	// as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E.
	CodingMode AacCodingMode

	// Rate Control Mode.
	RateControlMode AacRateControlMode

	// Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output,
	// you must choose "No container" for the output container.
	RawFormat AacRawFormat

	// Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
	SampleRate int32

	// Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// containers.
	Specification AacSpecification

	// VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR.
	VbrQuality AacVbrQuality
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend on the rate control mode.

type AacSpecification 

type AacSpecification string
const (
	AacSpecificationMpeg2 AacSpecification = "MPEG2"
	AacSpecificationMpeg4 AacSpecification = "MPEG4"
)

Enum values for AacSpecification

func (AacSpecification) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacSpecification) Values() []AacSpecification

Values returns all known values for AacSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacVbrQuality 

type AacVbrQuality string
const (
	AacVbrQualityLow        AacVbrQuality = "LOW"
	AacVbrQualityMediumLow  AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_LOW"
	AacVbrQualityMediumHigh AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_HIGH"
	AacVbrQualityHigh       AacVbrQuality = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for AacVbrQuality

func (AacVbrQuality) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacVbrQuality) Values() []AacVbrQuality

Values returns all known values for AacVbrQuality. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3BitstreamMode 

type Ac3BitstreamMode string
const (
	Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue         Ac3BitstreamMode = "DIALOGUE"
	Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Ac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Ac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects  Ac3BitstreamMode = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Ac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver        Ac3BitstreamMode = "VOICE_OVER"
)

Enum values for Ac3BitstreamMode

func (Ac3BitstreamMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3BitstreamMode) Values() []Ac3BitstreamMode

Values returns all known values for Ac3BitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3CodingMode 

type Ac3CodingMode string
const (
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE"
)

Enum values for Ac3CodingMode

func (Ac3CodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3CodingMode) Values() []Ac3CodingMode

Values returns all known values for Ac3CodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile 

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile string
const (
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone         Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) Values() []Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

Values returns all known values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3LfeFilter 

type Ac3LfeFilter string
const (
	Ac3LfeFilterEnabled  Ac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
	Ac3LfeFilterDisabled Ac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Ac3LfeFilter

func (Ac3LfeFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3LfeFilter) Values() []Ac3LfeFilter

Values returns all known values for Ac3LfeFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3MetadataControl 

type Ac3MetadataControl string
const (
	Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Ac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Ac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Ac3MetadataControl

func (Ac3MetadataControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3MetadataControl) Values() []Ac3MetadataControl

Values returns all known values for Ac3MetadataControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3Settings 

type Ac3Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on the
	// coding mode.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more
	// information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).
	BitstreamMode Ac3BitstreamMode

	// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Ac3CodingMode

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital,
	// dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm int32

	// If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output
	// bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.
	DynamicRangeCompressionProfile Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid
	// with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter Ac3LfeFilter

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or
	// DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one
	// of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Ac3MetadataControl

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate int32
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AC3.

type AccelerationMode 

type AccelerationMode string
const (
	AccelerationModeDisabled  AccelerationMode = "DISABLED"
	AccelerationModeEnabled   AccelerationMode = "ENABLED"
	AccelerationModePreferred AccelerationMode = "PREFERRED"
)

Enum values for AccelerationMode

func (AccelerationMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AccelerationMode) Values() []AccelerationMode

Values returns all known values for AccelerationMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AccelerationSettings 

type AccelerationSettings struct {

	// Specify the conditions when the service will run your job with accelerated
	// transcoding.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Mode AccelerationMode
}

Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually complex content.

type AccelerationStatus 

type AccelerationStatus string
const (
	AccelerationStatusNotApplicable  AccelerationStatus = "NOT_APPLICABLE"
	AccelerationStatusInProgress     AccelerationStatus = "IN_PROGRESS"
	AccelerationStatusAccelerated    AccelerationStatus = "ACCELERATED"
	AccelerationStatusNotAccelerated AccelerationStatus = "NOT_ACCELERATED"
)

Enum values for AccelerationStatus

func (AccelerationStatus) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AccelerationStatus) Values() []AccelerationStatus

Values returns all known values for AccelerationStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AfdSignaling 

type AfdSignaling string
const (
	AfdSignalingNone  AfdSignaling = "NONE"
	AfdSignalingAuto  AfdSignaling = "AUTO"
	AfdSignalingFixed AfdSignaling = "FIXED"
)

Enum values for AfdSignaling

func (AfdSignaling) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AfdSignaling) Values() []AfdSignaling

Values returns all known values for AfdSignaling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AiffSettings 

type AiffSettings struct {

	// Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality
	// for this audio track.
	BitDepth int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are 1
	// and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels int32

	// Sample rate in hz.
	SampleRate int32
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AIFF.

type AlphaBehavior 

type AlphaBehavior string
const (
	AlphaBehaviorDiscard     AlphaBehavior = "DISCARD"
	AlphaBehaviorRemapToLuma AlphaBehavior = "REMAP_TO_LUMA"
)

Enum values for AlphaBehavior

func (AlphaBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AlphaBehavior) Values() []AlphaBehavior

Values returns all known values for AlphaBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AncillaryConvert608To708 

type AncillaryConvert608To708 string
const (
	AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert AncillaryConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled  AncillaryConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AncillaryConvert608To708

func (AncillaryConvert608To708) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AncillaryConvert608To708) Values() []AncillaryConvert608To708

Values returns all known values for AncillaryConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AncillarySourceSettings 

type AncillarySourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608
	// and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the
	// captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
	// compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608
	// data into 708.
	Convert608To708 AncillaryConvert608To708

	// Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	SourceAncillaryChannelNumber int32

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each
	// input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this
	// setting.
	TerminateCaptions AncillaryTerminateCaptions
}

Settings for ancillary captions source.

type AncillaryTerminateCaptions 

type AncillaryTerminateCaptions string
const (
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT"
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled   AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AncillaryTerminateCaptions

func (AncillaryTerminateCaptions) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AncillaryTerminateCaptions) Values() []AncillaryTerminateCaptions

Values returns all known values for AncillaryTerminateCaptions. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AntiAlias 

type AntiAlias string
const (
	AntiAliasDisabled AntiAlias = "DISABLED"
	AntiAliasEnabled  AntiAlias = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for AntiAlias

func (AntiAlias) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AntiAlias) Values() []AntiAlias

Values returns all known values for AntiAlias. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioChannelTag added in v0.29.0 

type AudioChannelTag string
const (
	AudioChannelTagL   AudioChannelTag = "L"
	AudioChannelTagR   AudioChannelTag = "R"
	AudioChannelTagC   AudioChannelTag = "C"
	AudioChannelTagLfe AudioChannelTag = "LFE"
	AudioChannelTagLs  AudioChannelTag = "LS"
	AudioChannelTagRs  AudioChannelTag = "RS"
	AudioChannelTagLc  AudioChannelTag = "LC"
	AudioChannelTagRc  AudioChannelTag = "RC"
	AudioChannelTagCs  AudioChannelTag = "CS"
	AudioChannelTagLsd AudioChannelTag = "LSD"
	AudioChannelTagRsd AudioChannelTag = "RSD"
	AudioChannelTagTcs AudioChannelTag = "TCS"
	AudioChannelTagVhl AudioChannelTag = "VHL"
	AudioChannelTagVhc AudioChannelTag = "VHC"
	AudioChannelTagVhr AudioChannelTag = "VHR"
)

Enum values for AudioChannelTag

func (AudioChannelTag) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioChannelTag) Values() []AudioChannelTag

Values returns all known values for AudioChannelTag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioChannelTaggingSettings added in v0.29.0 

type AudioChannelTaggingSettings struct {

	// You can add a tag for this mono-channel audio track to mimic its placement in a
	// multi-channel layout. For example, if this track is the left surround channel,
	// choose Left surround (LS).
	ChannelTag AudioChannelTag
}

When you mimic a multi-channel audio layout with multiple mono-channel tracks, you can tag each channel layout manually. For example, you would tag the tracks that contain your left, right, and center audio with Left (L), Right (R), and Center (C), respectively. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert labels your track as Center (C) by default. To use audio layout tagging, your output must be in a QuickTime (.mov) container; your audio codec must be AAC, WAV, or AIFF; and you must set up your audio track to have only one channel.

type AudioCodec 

type AudioCodec string
const (
	AudioCodecAac         AudioCodec = "AAC"
	AudioCodecMp2         AudioCodec = "MP2"
	AudioCodecMp3         AudioCodec = "MP3"
	AudioCodecWav         AudioCodec = "WAV"
	AudioCodecAiff        AudioCodec = "AIFF"
	AudioCodecAc3         AudioCodec = "AC3"
	AudioCodecEac3        AudioCodec = "EAC3"
	AudioCodecEac3Atmos   AudioCodec = "EAC3_ATMOS"
	AudioCodecVorbis      AudioCodec = "VORBIS"
	AudioCodecOpus        AudioCodec = "OPUS"
	AudioCodecPassthrough AudioCodec = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for AudioCodec

func (AudioCodec) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioCodec) Values() []AudioCodec

Values returns all known values for AudioCodec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioCodecSettings 

type AudioCodecSettings struct {

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC
	// settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate
	// control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the
	// audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR mode, you use
	// the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend on the rate
	// control mode.
	AacSettings *AacSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value AC3.
	Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value AIFF.
	AiffSettings *AiffSettings

	// Type of Audio codec.
	Codec AudioCodec

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value EAC3_ATMOS.
	Eac3AtmosSettings *Eac3AtmosSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value EAC3.
	Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value MP2.
	Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value
	// MP3.
	Mp3Settings *Mp3Settings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value
	// OPUS.
	OpusSettings *OpusSettings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value
	// Vorbis.
	VorbisSettings *VorbisSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value WAV.
	WavSettings *WavSettings
}

Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings * MP3, Mp3Settings * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings * EAC3_ATMOS, Eac3AtmosSettings * VORBIS, VorbisSettings * OPUS, OpusSettings

type AudioDefaultSelection 

type AudioDefaultSelection string
const (
	AudioDefaultSelectionDefault    AudioDefaultSelection = "DEFAULT"
	AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault AudioDefaultSelection = "NOT_DEFAULT"
)

Enum values for AudioDefaultSelection

func (AudioDefaultSelection) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioDefaultSelection) Values() []AudioDefaultSelection

Values returns all known values for AudioDefaultSelection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioDescription 

type AudioDescription struct {

	// When you mimic a multi-channel audio layout with multiple mono-channel tracks,
	// you can tag each channel layout manually. For example, you would tag the tracks
	// that contain your left, right, and center audio with Left (L), Right (R), and
	// Center (C), respectively. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert labels
	// your track as Center (C) by default. To use audio layout tagging, your output
	// must be in a QuickTime (.mov) container; your audio codec must be AAC, WAV, or
	// AIFF; and you must set up your audio track to have only one channel.
	AudioChannelTaggingSettings *AudioChannelTaggingSettings

	// Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to
	// comply with a loudness standard.
	AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings

	// Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case, specify
	// an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order within
	// each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the third audio
	// selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have an "Audio
	// Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that input will be
	// used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence will be
	// inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio Selector
	// Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with similar
	// default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then "Audio
	// Selector 1" will be chosen automatically.
	AudioSourceName *string

	// Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between 0
	// and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1 = Clean
	// Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary, 4-255 =
	// Reserved.
	AudioType int32

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then that
	// value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 639
	// audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise the
	// value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and
	// audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to
	// BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD.
	AudioTypeControl AudioTypeControl

	// Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the
	// group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary
	// depending on the value that you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec
	// enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following
	// lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2,
	// Mp2Settings * MP3, Mp3Settings * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3,
	// Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings * EAC3_ATMOS, Eac3AtmosSettings * VORBIS,
	// VorbisSettings * OPUS, OpusSettings
	CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings

	// Specify the language for this audio output track. The service puts this language
	// code into your output audio track when you set Language code control
	// (AudioLanguageCodeControl) to Use configured (USE_CONFIGURED). The service also
	// uses your specified custom language code when you set Language code control
	// (AudioLanguageCodeControl) to Follow input (FOLLOW_INPUT), but your input file
	// doesn't specify a language code. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or
	// ISO 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the
	// full RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the
	// following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language specified
	// in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input Language Code'
	// is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected but there is no
	// ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specify which source for language code takes precedence for this audio track.
	// When you choose Follow input (FOLLOW_INPUT), the service uses the language code
	// from the input track if it's present. If there's no languge code on the input
	// track, the service uses the code that you specify in the setting Language code
	// (languageCode or customLanguageCode). When you choose Use configured
	// (USE_CONFIGURED), the service uses the language code that you specify.
	LanguageCodeControl AudioLanguageCodeControl

	// Advanced audio remixing settings.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings

	// Specify a label for this output audio stream. For example, "English", "Director
	// commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes this
	// information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's player
	// device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this setting.
	StreamName *string
}

Description of audio output

type AudioLanguageCodeControl 

type AudioLanguageCodeControl string
const (
	AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput   AudioLanguageCodeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured AudioLanguageCodeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioLanguageCodeControl

func (AudioLanguageCodeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioLanguageCodeControl) Values() []AudioLanguageCodeControl

Values returns all known values for AudioLanguageCodeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm 

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm string
const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_1"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_2"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17703 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_3"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17704 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) Values() []AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl 

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl string
const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "CORRECT_AUDIO"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly  AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "MEASURE_ONLY"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) Values() []AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging 

type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging string
const (
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog     AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "LOG"
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "DONT_LOG"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

func (AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) Values() []AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation 

type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation string
const (
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "TRUE_PEAK"
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone     AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

func (AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) Values() []AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationSettings 

type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {

	// Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1:
	// Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire piece
	// of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC
	// recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2: Gated
	// loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the
	// requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3:
	// Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an
	// updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows for
	// more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations such as
	// 7.1.
	Algorithm AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

	// When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If
	// disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
	AlgorithmControl AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

	// Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level.
	// Content measuring below this level will not be corrected.
	CorrectionGateLevel int32

	// If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file.
	LoudnessLogging AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

	// If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio
	// track loudness.
	PeakCalculation AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

	// When you use Audio normalization (AudioNormalizationSettings), optionally use
	// this setting to specify a target loudness. If you don't specify a value here,
	// the encoder chooses a value for you, based on the algorithm that you choose for
	// Algorithm (algorithm). If you choose algorithm 1770-1, the encoder will choose
	// -24 LKFS; otherwise, the encoder will choose -23 LKFS.
	TargetLkfs float64
}

Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to comply with a loudness standard.

type AudioSelector 

type AudioSelector struct {

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source, using the ISO
	// 639-2 or ISO 639-3 three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the job.
	// The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified
	// input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio.
	DefaultSelection AudioDefaultSelection

	// Specifies audio data from an external file source.
	ExternalAudioFileInput *string

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input video.
	Offset int32

	// Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID 0x101).
	Pids []int32

	// Use this setting for input streams that contain Dolby E, to have the service
	// extract specific program data from the track. To select multiple programs,
	// create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers. In
	// the console, this setting is visible when you set Selector type to Track. Choose
	// the program number from the dropdown list. If you are sending a JSON file,
	// provide the program ID, which is part of the audio metadata. If your input file
	// has incorrect metadata, you can choose All channels instead of a program number
	// to have the service ignore the program IDs and include all the programs in the
	// track.
	ProgramSelection int32

	// Use these settings to reorder the audio channels of one input to match those of
	// another input. This allows you to combine the two files into a single output,
	// one after the other.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings

	// Specifies the type of the audio selector.
	SelectorType AudioSelectorType

	// Identify a track from the input audio to include in this selector by entering
	// the track index number. To include several tracks in a single audio selector,
	// specify multiple tracks as follows. Using the console, enter a comma-separated
	// list. For examle, type "1,2,3" to include tracks 1 through 3. Specifying
	// directly in your JSON job file, provide the track numbers in an array. For
	// example, "tracks": [1,2,3].
	Tracks []int32
}

Selector for Audio

type AudioSelectorGroup 

type AudioSelectorGroup struct {

	// Name of an Audio Selector within the same input to include in the group. Audio
	// selector names are standardized, based on their order within the input (e.g.,
	// "Audio Selector 1"). The audio selector name parameter can be repeated to add
	// any number of audio selectors to the group.
	AudioSelectorNames []string
}

Group of Audio Selectors

type AudioSelectorType 

type AudioSelectorType string
const (
	AudioSelectorTypePid          AudioSelectorType = "PID"
	AudioSelectorTypeTrack        AudioSelectorType = "TRACK"
	AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode AudioSelectorType = "LANGUAGE_CODE"
)

Enum values for AudioSelectorType

func (AudioSelectorType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioSelectorType) Values() []AudioSelectorType

Values returns all known values for AudioSelectorType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioTypeControl 

type AudioTypeControl string
const (
	AudioTypeControlFollowInput   AudioTypeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioTypeControlUseConfigured AudioTypeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioTypeControl

func (AudioTypeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioTypeControl) Values() []AudioTypeControl

Values returns all known values for AudioTypeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AutomatedAbrSettings added in v0.30.0 

type AutomatedAbrSettings struct {

	// Optional. The maximum target bit rate used in your automated ABR stack. Use this
	// value to set an upper limit on the bandwidth consumed by the highest-quality
	// rendition. This is the rendition that is delivered to viewers with the fastest
	// internet connections. If you don't specify a value, MediaConvert uses 8,000,000
	// (8 mb/s) by default.
	MaxAbrBitrate int32

	// Optional. The maximum number of renditions that MediaConvert will create in your
	// automated ABR stack. The number of renditions is determined automatically, based
	// on analysis of each job, but will never exceed this limit. When you set this to
	// Auto in the console, which is equivalent to excluding it from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert defaults to a limit of 15.
	MaxRenditions int32

	// Optional. The minimum target bitrate used in your automated ABR stack. Use this
	// value to set a lower limit on the bitrate of video delivered to viewers with
	// slow internet connections. If you don't specify a value, MediaConvert uses
	// 600,000 (600 kb/s) by default.
	MinAbrBitrate int32
}

Use automated ABR to have MediaConvert set up the renditions in your ABR package for you automatically, based on characteristics of your input video. This feature optimizes video quality while minimizing the overall size of your ABR package.

type AutomatedEncodingSettings added in v0.30.0 

type AutomatedEncodingSettings struct {

	// Use automated ABR to have MediaConvert set up the renditions in your ABR package
	// for you automatically, based on characteristics of your input video. This
	// feature optimizes video quality while minimizing the overall size of your ABR
	// package.
	AbrSettings *AutomatedAbrSettings
}

Use automated encoding to have MediaConvert choose your encoding settings for you, based on characteristics of your input video.

type Av1AdaptiveQuantization 

type Av1AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationOff    Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationLow    Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigher Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMax    Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for Av1AdaptiveQuantization

func (Av1AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Av1AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Av1AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1FramerateControl 

type Av1FramerateControl string
const (
	Av1FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Av1FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Av1FramerateControlSpecified            Av1FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Av1FramerateControl

func (Av1FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1FramerateControl) Values() []Av1FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Av1FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1QvbrSettings 

type Av1QvbrSettings struct {

	// Required when you use QVBR rate control mode. That is, when you specify
	// qvbrSettings within av1Settings. Specify the general target quality level for
	// this output, from 1 to 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10
	// results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most
	// broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value
	// between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel int32

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune float64
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the AV1 codec. Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control mode.

type Av1RateControlMode 

type Av1RateControlMode string
const (
	Av1RateControlModeQvbr Av1RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for Av1RateControlMode

func (Av1RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1RateControlMode) Values() []Av1RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Av1RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1Settings 

type Av1Settings struct {

	// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The
	// value that you choose here applies to Spatial adaptive quantization
	// (spatialAdaptiveQuantization).
	AdaptiveQuantization Av1AdaptiveQuantization

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Av1FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Specify the GOP length (keyframe interval) in frames. With AV1, MediaConvert
	// doesn't support GOP length in seconds. This value must be greater than zero and
	// preferably equal to 1 + ((numberBFrames + 1) * x), where x is an integer value.
	GopSize float64

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Specify the number of B-frames. With AV1, MediaConvert supports only 7 or 15.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames int32

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the AV1 codec.
	// Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate
	// control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control
	// mode.
	QvbrSettings *Av1QvbrSettings

	// 'With AV1 outputs, for rate control mode, MediaConvert supports only
	// quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR). You can”t use CBR or VBR.'
	RateControlMode Av1RateControlMode

	// Specify the number of slices per picture. This value must be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or
	// 32. For progressive pictures, this value must be less than or equal to the
	// number of macroblock rows. For interlaced pictures, this value must be less than
	// or equal to half the number of macroblock rows.
	Slices int32

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion
	// with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any
	// small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are
	// encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits.
	// Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note,
	// though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part
	// of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this
	// feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the
	// value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your
	// content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to
	// Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
}

Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value AV1.

type Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvailBlanking 

type AvailBlanking struct {

	// Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png images
	// are supported.
	AvailBlankingImage *string
}

Settings for Avail Blanking

type AvcIntraClass added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraClass string
const (
	AvcIntraClassClass50  AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_50"
	AvcIntraClassClass100 AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_100"
	AvcIntraClassClass200 AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_200"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraClass

func (AvcIntraClass) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraClass) Values() []AvcIntraClass

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraFramerateControl added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraFramerateControl string
const (
	AvcIntraFramerateControlInitializeFromSource AvcIntraFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	AvcIntraFramerateControlSpecified            AvcIntraFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraFramerateControl

func (AvcIntraFramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraFramerateControl) Values() []AvcIntraFramerateControl

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraFramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraInterlaceMode added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraInterlaceMode string
const (
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeProgressive       AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeTopField          AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeBottomField       AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowTopField    AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowBottomField AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraInterlaceMode

func (AvcIntraInterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraInterlaceMode) Values() []AvcIntraInterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraInterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraSettings added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraSettings struct {

	// Specify the AVC-Intra class of your output. The AVC-Intra class selection
	// determines the output video bit rate depending on the frame rate of the output.
	// Outputs with higher class values have higher bitrates and improved image
	// quality.
	AvcIntraClass AvcIntraClass

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl AvcIntraFramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode AvcIntraInterlaceMode

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal AvcIntraSlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine (HARD) to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
	// None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
	// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine AvcIntraTelecine
}

Required when you set your output video codec to AVC-Intra. For more information about the AVC-I settings, see the relevant specification. For detailed information about SD and HD in AVC-I, see https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7290936.

type AvcIntraSlowPal added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraSlowPal string
const (
	AvcIntraSlowPalDisabled AvcIntraSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	AvcIntraSlowPalEnabled  AvcIntraSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraSlowPal

func (AvcIntraSlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraSlowPal) Values() []AvcIntraSlowPal

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraSlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraTelecine added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraTelecine string
const (
	AvcIntraTelecineNone AvcIntraTelecine = "NONE"
	AvcIntraTelecineHard AvcIntraTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraTelecine

func (AvcIntraTelecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraTelecine) Values() []AvcIntraTelecine

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraTelecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BadRequestException 

type BadRequestException struct {
	Message *string
}

The service can't process your request because of a problem in the request. Please check your request form and syntax.

func (*BadRequestException) Error 

func (e *BadRequestException) Error() string

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorCode 

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorCode() string

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorFault 

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorMessage() string

type BillingTagsSource 

type BillingTagsSource string
const (
	BillingTagsSourceQueue       BillingTagsSource = "QUEUE"
	BillingTagsSourcePreset      BillingTagsSource = "PRESET"
	BillingTagsSourceJobTemplate BillingTagsSource = "JOB_TEMPLATE"
	BillingTagsSourceJob         BillingTagsSource = "JOB"
)

Enum values for BillingTagsSource

func (BillingTagsSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BillingTagsSource) Values() []BillingTagsSource

Values returns all known values for BillingTagsSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninDestinationSettings 

type BurninDestinationSettings struct {

	// If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to
	// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly,
	// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output.
	// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the
	// font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
	// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
	// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Alignment BurninSubtitleAlignment

	// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundColor BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is
	// transparent. Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0
	// (transparent). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundOpacity int32

	// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	FontColor BurninSubtitleFontColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is
	// transparent. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontOpacity int32

	// Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontResolution int32

	// Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode is
	// not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or
	// CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset. This is used
	// to help determine the appropriate font for rendering burn-in captions.
	FontScript FontScript

	// A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for
	// automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontSize int32

	// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that
	// are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
	// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
	// match.
	OutlineColor BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

	// Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
	// captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are
	// already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	OutlineSize int32

	// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	ShadowColor BurninSubtitleShadowColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
	// this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowOpacity int32

	// Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowXOffset int32

	// Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowYOffset int32

	// Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify
	// whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions grid
	// or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing
	// specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the
	// text easier to read if the captions are closed caption.
	TeletextSpacing BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

	// Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side of
	// the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the
	// horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. This
	// option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
	// These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	XPosition int32

	// Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the output
	// in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from
	// the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption will
	// be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	YPosition int32
}

Burn-In Destination Settings.

type BurninSubtitleAlignment 

type BurninSubtitleAlignment string
const (
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered BurninSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED"
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft     BurninSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleAlignment

func (BurninSubtitleAlignment) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleAlignment) Values() []BurninSubtitleAlignment

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleAlignment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor 

type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone  BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

func (BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values() []BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleFontColor 

type BurninSubtitleFontColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow BurninSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorRed    BurninSubtitleFontColor = "RED"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue   BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleFontColor

func (BurninSubtitleFontColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleFontColor) Values() []BurninSubtitleFontColor

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor 

type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed    BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue   BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

func (BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) Values() []BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleOutlineColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleShadowColor 

type BurninSubtitleShadowColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone  BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleShadowColor

func (BurninSubtitleShadowColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleShadowColor) Values() []BurninSubtitleShadowColor

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleShadowColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing 

type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
const (
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid    BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID"
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

func (BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values() []BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CaptionDescription 

type CaptionDescription struct {

	// Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each
	// input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption
	// Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from each
	// input.
	CaptionSelectorName *string

	// Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information when automatically selecting the font script for
	// rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full
	// RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the
	// following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Specific settings required by destination type. Note that
	// burnin_destination_settings are not available if the source of the caption data
	// is Embedded or Teletext.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
	// text.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes
	// this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string
}

Description of Caption output

type CaptionDescriptionPreset 

type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct {

	// Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information when automatically selecting the font script for
	// rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full
	// RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the
	// following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Specific settings required by destination type. Note that
	// burnin_destination_settings are not available if the source of the caption data
	// is Embedded or Teletext.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
	// text.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes
	// this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string
}

Caption Description for preset

type CaptionDestinationSettings 

type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {

	// Burn-In Destination Settings.
	BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings

	// Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format
	// is embedded without SCTE-20. Other options are embedded with SCTE-20, burn-in,
	// DVB-sub, IMSC, SCC, SRT, teletext, TTML, and web-VTT. If you are using SCTE-20,
	// choose SCTE-20 plus embedded (SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED) to create an output that
	// complies with the SCTE-43 spec. To create a non-compliant output where the
	// embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20
	// (EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20).
	DestinationType CaptionDestinationType

	// DVB-Sub Destination Settings
	DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings

	// Settings specific to embedded/ancillary caption outputs, including 608/708
	// Channel destination number.
	EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings

	// Settings specific to IMSC caption outputs.
	ImscDestinationSettings *ImscDestinationSettings

	// Settings for SCC caption output.
	SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings

	// Settings for Teletext caption output
	TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings

	// Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information
	// (TtmlStylePassthrough).
	TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings
}

Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext.

type CaptionDestinationType 

type CaptionDestinationType string
const (
	CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn             CaptionDestinationType = "BURN_IN"
	CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub             CaptionDestinationType = "DVB_SUB"
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded           CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED"
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbeddedPlusScte20 CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20"
	CaptionDestinationTypeImsc               CaptionDestinationType = "IMSC"
	CaptionDestinationTypeScte20PlusEmbedded CaptionDestinationType = "SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED"
	CaptionDestinationTypeScc                CaptionDestinationType = "SCC"
	CaptionDestinationTypeSrt                CaptionDestinationType = "SRT"
	CaptionDestinationTypeSmi                CaptionDestinationType = "SMI"
	CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext           CaptionDestinationType = "TELETEXT"
	CaptionDestinationTypeTtml               CaptionDestinationType = "TTML"
	CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt             CaptionDestinationType = "WEBVTT"
)

Enum values for CaptionDestinationType

func (CaptionDestinationType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CaptionDestinationType) Values() []CaptionDestinationType

Values returns all known values for CaptionDestinationType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CaptionSelector 

type CaptionSelector struct {

	// The specific language to extract from source, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3
	// three-letter language code. If input is SCTE-27, complete this field and/or PID
	// to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub and output is
	// Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or PID to select the caption
	// language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed through, omit this
	// field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific language with
	// pass-through captions.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete this
	// field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub
	// and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or PID to select the
	// caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed through,
	// omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific language
	// with pass-through captions.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file,
	// specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are
	// IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
	SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings
}

Set up captions in your outputs by first selecting them from your input here.

type CaptionSourceFramerate 

type CaptionSourceFramerate struct {

	// Specify the denominator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the
	// setting Caption source frame rate (CaptionSourceFramerate). Use this setting
	// along with the setting Framerate numerator (framerateNumerator).
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// Specify the numerator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the
	// setting Caption source frame rate (CaptionSourceFramerate). Use this setting
	// along with the setting Framerate denominator (framerateDenominator).
	FramerateNumerator int32
}

Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as a fraction, using the settings Framerate numerator (framerateNumerator) and Framerate denominator (framerateDenominator). For example, you might specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.

type CaptionSourceSettings 

type CaptionSourceSettings struct {

	// Settings for ancillary captions source.
	AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings

	// DVB Sub Source Settings
	DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings

	// Settings for embedded captions Source
	EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings

	// If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, or IMSC 1.1 in an xml file,
	// specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption source is IMSC
	// in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
	FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings

	// Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The
	// service cannot auto-detect caption format.
	SourceType CaptionSourceType

	// Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.
	TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings

	// Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number.
	// Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption source
	// is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead of
	// TrackSourceSettings.
	TrackSourceSettings *TrackSourceSettings
}

If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file, specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.

type CaptionSourceType 

type CaptionSourceType string
const (
	CaptionSourceTypeAncillary  CaptionSourceType = "ANCILLARY"
	CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub     CaptionSourceType = "DVB_SUB"
	CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded   CaptionSourceType = "EMBEDDED"
	CaptionSourceTypeScte20     CaptionSourceType = "SCTE20"
	CaptionSourceTypeScc        CaptionSourceType = "SCC"
	CaptionSourceTypeTtml       CaptionSourceType = "TTML"
	CaptionSourceTypeStl        CaptionSourceType = "STL"
	CaptionSourceTypeSrt        CaptionSourceType = "SRT"
	CaptionSourceTypeSmi        CaptionSourceType = "SMI"
	CaptionSourceTypeTeletext   CaptionSourceType = "TELETEXT"
	CaptionSourceTypeNullSource CaptionSourceType = "NULL_SOURCE"
	CaptionSourceTypeImsc       CaptionSourceType = "IMSC"
)

Enum values for CaptionSourceType

func (CaptionSourceType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CaptionSourceType) Values() []CaptionSourceType

Values returns all known values for CaptionSourceType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ChannelMapping 

type ChannelMapping struct {

	// List of output channels
	OutputChannels []OutputChannelMapping
}

Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification).

type CmafAdditionalManifest 

type CmafAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS group is
	// film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name
	// the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8.
	// For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from the
	// nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier to create
	// unique names for the individual variant manifests.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
}

Specify the details for each pair of HLS and DASH additional manifests that you want the service to generate for this CMAF output group. Each pair of manifests can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type CmafClientCache 

type CmafClientCache string
const (
	CmafClientCacheDisabled CmafClientCache = "DISABLED"
	CmafClientCacheEnabled  CmafClientCache = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafClientCache

func (CmafClientCache) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafClientCache) Values() []CmafClientCache

Values returns all known values for CmafClientCache. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafCodecSpecification 

type CmafCodecSpecification string
const (
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc6381 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381"
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc4281 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"
)

Enum values for CmafCodecSpecification

func (CmafCodecSpecification) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafCodecSpecification) Values() []CmafCodecSpecification

Values returns all known values for CmafCodecSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafEncryptionSettings 

type CmafEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string

	// Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting
	// your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample (SAMPLE-AES) or AES_CTR (AES-CTR).
	EncryptionMethod CmafEncryptionType

	// When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the
	// 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests.
	InitializationVectorInManifest CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

	// If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption
	// with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or
	// Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that
	// follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type CmafKeyProviderType
}

Settings for CMAF encryption

type CmafEncryptionType 

type CmafEncryptionType string
const (
	CmafEncryptionTypeSampleAes CmafEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES"
	CmafEncryptionTypeAesCtr    CmafEncryptionType = "AES_CTR"
)

Enum values for CmafEncryptionType

func (CmafEncryptionType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafEncryptionType) Values() []CmafEncryptionType

Values returns all known values for CmafEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafGroupSettings 

type CmafGroupSettings struct {

	// By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest and one top
	// -level .mpd DASH manifest for each CMAF output group in your job. These default
	// manifests reference every output in the output group. To create additional
	// top-level manifests that reference a subset of the outputs in the output group,
	// specify a list of them here. For each additional manifest that you specify, the
	// service creates one HLS manifest and one DASH manifest.
	AdditionalManifests []CmafAdditionalManifest

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest file at the top level
	// BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL than
	// the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string

	// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
	// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled (ENABLED) and control caching in
	// your video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
	ClientCache CmafClientCache

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification CmafCodecSpecification

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *CmafEncryptionSettings

	// Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible
	// with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe
	// after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When Emit
	// Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output file
	// and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other output
	// types.
	FragmentLength int32

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression CmafManifestCompression

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat CmafManifestDurationFormat

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime int32

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a
	// problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that
	// player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length
	// of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final
	// segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1
	// and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting,
	// the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that
	// you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3
	// seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment
	// length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment
	// is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength float64

	// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
	// profile (MAIN_PROFILE), the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you
	// choose On-demand (ON_DEMAND_PROFILE), the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose
	// On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control
	// (SegmentControl) to Single file (SINGLE_FILE).
	MpdProfile CmafMpdProfile

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to
	// SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl CmafSegmentControl

	// Use this setting to specify the length, in seconds, of each individual CMAF
	// segment. This value applies to the whole package; that is, to every output in
	// the output group. Note that segments end on the first keyframe after this number
	// of seconds, so the actual segment length might be slightly longer. If you set
	// Segment control (CmafSegmentControl) to single file, the service puts the
	// content of each output in a single file that has metadata that marks these
	// segments. If you set it to segmented files, the service creates multiple files
	// for each output, each with the content of one segment.
	SegmentLength int32

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of
	// variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution CmafStreamInfResolution

	// When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteDashManifest CmafWriteDASHManifest

	// When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteHlsManifest CmafWriteHLSManifest

	// When you enable Precise segment duration in DASH manifests
	// (writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation), your DASH manifest shows precise segment
	// durations. The segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline
	// element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When this feature
	// isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH manifest are approximate. The
	// segment duration information appears in the duration attribute of the
	// SegmentTemplate element.
	WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS. Each output in a CMAF Output Group may only contain a single video, audio, or caption output.

type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest 

type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest string
const (
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE"
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

func (CmafInitializationVectorInManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafInitializationVectorInManifest) Values() []CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

Values returns all known values for CmafInitializationVectorInManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafKeyProviderType 

type CmafKeyProviderType string
const (
	CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke     CmafKeyProviderType = "SPEKE"
	CmafKeyProviderTypeStaticKey CmafKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Enum values for CmafKeyProviderType

func (CmafKeyProviderType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafKeyProviderType) Values() []CmafKeyProviderType

Values returns all known values for CmafKeyProviderType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafManifestCompression 

type CmafManifestCompression string
const (
	CmafManifestCompressionGzip CmafManifestCompression = "GZIP"
	CmafManifestCompressionNone CmafManifestCompression = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmafManifestCompression

func (CmafManifestCompression) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafManifestCompression) Values() []CmafManifestCompression

Values returns all known values for CmafManifestCompression. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafManifestDurationFormat 

type CmafManifestDurationFormat string
const (
	CmafManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint CmafManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"
	CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger       CmafManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER"
)

Enum values for CmafManifestDurationFormat

func (CmafManifestDurationFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafManifestDurationFormat) Values() []CmafManifestDurationFormat

Values returns all known values for CmafManifestDurationFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafMpdProfile 

type CmafMpdProfile string
const (
	CmafMpdProfileMainProfile     CmafMpdProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE"
	CmafMpdProfileOnDemandProfile CmafMpdProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE"
)

Enum values for CmafMpdProfile

func (CmafMpdProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafMpdProfile) Values() []CmafMpdProfile

Values returns all known values for CmafMpdProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafSegmentControl 

type CmafSegmentControl string
const (
	CmafSegmentControlSingleFile     CmafSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	CmafSegmentControlSegmentedFiles CmafSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for CmafSegmentControl

func (CmafSegmentControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafSegmentControl) Values() []CmafSegmentControl

Values returns all known values for CmafSegmentControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafStreamInfResolution 

type CmafStreamInfResolution string
const (
	CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE"
	CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmafStreamInfResolution

func (CmafStreamInfResolution) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafStreamInfResolution) Values() []CmafStreamInfResolution

Values returns all known values for CmafStreamInfResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafWriteDASHManifest 

type CmafWriteDASHManifest string
const (
	CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled CmafWriteDASHManifest = "DISABLED"
	CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled  CmafWriteDASHManifest = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteDASHManifest

func (CmafWriteDASHManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafWriteDASHManifest) Values() []CmafWriteDASHManifest

Values returns all known values for CmafWriteDASHManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafWriteHLSManifest 

type CmafWriteHLSManifest string
const (
	CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled CmafWriteHLSManifest = "DISABLED"
	CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled  CmafWriteHLSManifest = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteHLSManifest

func (CmafWriteHLSManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafWriteHLSManifest) Values() []CmafWriteHLSManifest

Values returns all known values for CmafWriteHLSManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation 

type CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation string
const (
	CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled  CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "ENABLED"
	CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

func (CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values() []CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

Values returns all known values for CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcAudioDuration added in v0.31.0 

type CmfcAudioDuration string
const (
	CmfcAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration CmfcAudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	CmfcAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   CmfcAudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for CmfcAudioDuration

func (CmfcAudioDuration) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (CmfcAudioDuration) Values() []CmfcAudioDuration

Values returns all known values for CmfcAudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcScte35Esam 

type CmfcScte35Esam string
const (
	CmfcScte35EsamInsert CmfcScte35Esam = "INSERT"
	CmfcScte35EsamNone   CmfcScte35Esam = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmfcScte35Esam

func (CmfcScte35Esam) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmfcScte35Esam) Values() []CmfcScte35Esam

Values returns all known values for CmfcScte35Esam. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcScte35Source 

type CmfcScte35Source string
const (
	CmfcScte35SourcePassthrough CmfcScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	CmfcScte35SourceNone        CmfcScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmfcScte35Source

func (CmfcScte35Source) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmfcScte35Source) Values() []CmfcScte35Source

Values returns all known values for CmfcScte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcSettings 

type CmfcSettings struct {

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration CmfcAudioDuration

	// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT
	// to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify
	// in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	Scte35Esam CmfcScte35Esam

	// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
	// Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your
	// input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want those
	// SCTE-35 markers in this output.
	Scte35Source CmfcScte35Source
}

Settings for MP4 segments in CMAF

type ColorCorrector 

type ColorCorrector struct {

	// Brightness level.
	Brightness int32

	// Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports
	// conversion between HDR formats, between SDR formats, from SDR to HDR, and from
	// HDR to SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't upgrade the dynamic range. The
	// converted video has an HDR format, but visually appears the same as an
	// unconverted output. HDR to SDR conversion uses Elemental tone mapping technology
	// to approximate the outcome of manually regrading from HDR to SDR.
	ColorSpaceConversion ColorSpaceConversion

	// Contrast level.
	Contrast int32

	// Use these settings when you convert to the HDR 10 color space. Specify the SMPTE
	// ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata that you want signaled in
	// the output. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the
	// video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display
	// content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator. When
	// you set Color space conversion (ColorSpaceConversion) to HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10),
	// these settings are required. You must set values for Max frame average light
	// level (maxFrameAverageLightLevel) and Max content light level
	// (maxContentLightLevel); these settings don't have a default value. The default
	// values for the other HDR 10 metadata settings are defined by the P3D65 color
	// space. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata

	// Hue in degrees.
	Hue int32

	// Saturation level.
	Saturation int32
}

Settings for color correction.

type ColorMetadata 

type ColorMetadata string
const (
	ColorMetadataIgnore ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"
	ColorMetadataInsert ColorMetadata = "INSERT"
)

Enum values for ColorMetadata

func (ColorMetadata) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ColorMetadata) Values() []ColorMetadata

Values returns all known values for ColorMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpace 

type ColorSpace string
const (
	ColorSpaceFollow  ColorSpace = "FOLLOW"
	ColorSpaceRec601  ColorSpace = "REC_601"
	ColorSpaceRec709  ColorSpace = "REC_709"
	ColorSpaceHdr10   ColorSpace = "HDR10"
	ColorSpaceHlg2020 ColorSpace = "HLG_2020"
)

Enum values for ColorSpace

func (ColorSpace) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ColorSpace) Values() []ColorSpace

Values returns all known values for ColorSpace. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpaceConversion 

type ColorSpaceConversion string
const (
	ColorSpaceConversionNone         ColorSpaceConversion = "NONE"
	ColorSpaceConversionForce601     ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_601"
	ColorSpaceConversionForce709     ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_709"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10   ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HDR10"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HLG_2020"
)

Enum values for ColorSpaceConversion

func (ColorSpaceConversion) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ColorSpaceConversion) Values() []ColorSpaceConversion

Values returns all known values for ColorSpaceConversion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpaceUsage 

type ColorSpaceUsage string
const (
	ColorSpaceUsageForce    ColorSpaceUsage = "FORCE"
	ColorSpaceUsageFallback ColorSpaceUsage = "FALLBACK"
)

Enum values for ColorSpaceUsage

func (ColorSpaceUsage) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ColorSpaceUsage) Values() []ColorSpaceUsage

Values returns all known values for ColorSpaceUsage. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Commitment 

type Commitment string
const (
	CommitmentOneYear Commitment = "ONE_YEAR"
)

Enum values for Commitment

func (Commitment) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Commitment) Values() []Commitment

Values returns all known values for Commitment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ConflictException 

type ConflictException struct {
	Message *string
}

The service couldn't complete your request because there is a conflict with the current state of the resource.

func (*ConflictException) Error 

func (e *ConflictException) Error() string

func (*ConflictException) ErrorCode 

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorCode() string

func (*ConflictException) ErrorFault 

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*ConflictException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorMessage() string

type ContainerSettings 

type ContainerSettings struct {

	// Settings for MP4 segments in CMAF
	CmfcSettings *CmfcSettings

	// Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object.
	// If not specified, the default object will be created.
	Container ContainerType

	// Settings for F4v container
	F4vSettings *F4vSettings

	// MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when
	// the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In
	// these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport
	// stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata.
	// Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier
	// (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The
	// PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream
	// systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type
	// of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the
	// asset.
	M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings

	// Settings for TS segments in HLS
	M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings

	// Settings for MOV Container.
	MovSettings *MovSettings

	// Settings for MP4 container. You can create audio-only AAC outputs with this
	// container.
	Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings

	// Settings for MP4 segments in DASH
	MpdSettings *MpdSettings

	// MXF settings
	MxfSettings *MxfSettings
}

Container specific settings.

type ContainerType 

type ContainerType string
const (
	ContainerTypeF4v  ContainerType = "F4V"
	ContainerTypeIsmv ContainerType = "ISMV"
	ContainerTypeM2ts ContainerType = "M2TS"
	ContainerTypeM3u8 ContainerType = "M3U8"
	ContainerTypeCmfc ContainerType = "CMFC"
	ContainerTypeMov  ContainerType = "MOV"
	ContainerTypeMp4  ContainerType = "MP4"
	ContainerTypeMpd  ContainerType = "MPD"
	ContainerTypeMxf  ContainerType = "MXF"
	ContainerTypeWebm ContainerType = "WEBM"
	ContainerTypeRaw  ContainerType = "RAW"
)

Enum values for ContainerType

func (ContainerType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ContainerType) Values() []ContainerType

Values returns all known values for ContainerType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashAdditionalManifest 

type DashAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your DASH group is
	// film-name.mpd. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name
	// the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.mpd.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
}

Specify the details for each additional DASH manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings 

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players on
	// obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption.
	// Choose Unencrypted SEI (UNENCRYPTED_SEI) only to correct problems with playback
	// on older devices. Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1 (CENC_V1). If you
	// choose Unencrypted SEI, for that output, the service will exclude the access
	// unit delimiter and will leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted.
	PlaybackDeviceCompatibility DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider
}

Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs.

type DashIsoGroupSettings 

type DashIsoGroupSettings struct {

	// By default, the service creates one .mpd DASH manifest for each DASH ISO output
	// group in your job. This default manifest references every output in the output
	// group. To create additional DASH manifests that reference a subset of the
	// outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []DashAdditionalManifest

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the top
	// level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL
	// than the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings

	// Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible
	// with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe
	// after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When Emit
	// Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output file
	// and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other output
	// types.
	FragmentLength int32

	// Supports HbbTV specification as indicated
	HbbtvCompliance DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime int32

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a
	// problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that
	// player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length
	// of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final
	// segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1
	// and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting,
	// the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that
	// you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3
	// seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment
	// length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment
	// is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength float64

	// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
	// profile (MAIN_PROFILE), the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you
	// choose On-demand (ON_DEMAND_PROFILE), the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose
	// On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control
	// (SegmentControl) to Single file (SINGLE_FILE).
	MpdProfile DashIsoMpdProfile

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to
	// SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl DashIsoSegmentControl

	// Length of mpd segments to create (in seconds). Note that segments will end on
	// the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual segment length may be
	// longer. When Emit Single File is checked, the segmentation is internal to a
	// single output file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in
	// other output types.
	SegmentLength int32

	// If you get an HTTP error in the 400 range when you play back your DASH output,
	// enable this setting and run your transcoding job again. When you enable this
	// setting, the service writes precise segment durations in the DASH manifest. The
	// segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside
	// SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When you don't enable this setting,
	// the service writes approximate segment durations in your DASH manifest.
	WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS.

type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance 

type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance string
const (
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "HBBTV_1_5"
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone    DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "NONE"
)

Enum values for DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

func (DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) Values() []DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

Values returns all known values for DashIsoHbbtvCompliance. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoMpdProfile 

type DashIsoMpdProfile string
const (
	DashIsoMpdProfileMainProfile     DashIsoMpdProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE"
	DashIsoMpdProfileOnDemandProfile DashIsoMpdProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE"
)

Enum values for DashIsoMpdProfile

func (DashIsoMpdProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoMpdProfile) Values() []DashIsoMpdProfile

Values returns all known values for DashIsoMpdProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility 

type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility string
const (
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCencV1         DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "CENC_V1"
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencryptedSei DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "UNENCRYPTED_SEI"
)

Enum values for DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

func (DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility) Values() []DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

Values returns all known values for DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoSegmentControl 

type DashIsoSegmentControl string
const (
	DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile     DashIsoSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles DashIsoSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for DashIsoSegmentControl

func (DashIsoSegmentControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoSegmentControl) Values() []DashIsoSegmentControl

Values returns all known values for DashIsoSegmentControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation 

type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation string
const (
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled  DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "ENABLED"
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

func (DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values() []DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

Values returns all known values for DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DecryptionMode 

type DecryptionMode string
const (
	DecryptionModeAesCtr DecryptionMode = "AES_CTR"
	DecryptionModeAesCbc DecryptionMode = "AES_CBC"
	DecryptionModeAesGcm DecryptionMode = "AES_GCM"
)

Enum values for DecryptionMode

func (DecryptionMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DecryptionMode) Values() []DecryptionMode

Values returns all known values for DecryptionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DeinterlaceAlgorithm 

type DeinterlaceAlgorithm string
const (
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate       DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend             DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker       DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND_TICKER"
)

Enum values for DeinterlaceAlgorithm

func (DeinterlaceAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DeinterlaceAlgorithm) Values() []DeinterlaceAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for DeinterlaceAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Deinterlacer 

type Deinterlacer struct {

	// Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace
	// (DEINTERLACE) or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE)
	// produces sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use
	// (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker,
	// such as a scrolling headline at the bottom of the frame.
	Algorithm DeinterlaceAlgorithm

	// * When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames that
	// are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that are
	// tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer
	// converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged as
	// progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the metadata
	// has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. Do not turn on
	// otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive into progressive will
	// probably result in lower quality video.
	Control DeinterlacerControl

	// Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do
	// deinterlacing. Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to
	// progressive. - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive
	// 23.976p. - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive.
	Mode DeinterlacerMode
}

Settings for deinterlacer

type DeinterlacerControl 

type DeinterlacerControl string
const (
	DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames DeinterlacerControl = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES"
	DeinterlacerControlNormal         DeinterlacerControl = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for DeinterlacerControl

func (DeinterlacerControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DeinterlacerControl) Values() []DeinterlacerControl

Values returns all known values for DeinterlacerControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DeinterlacerMode 

type DeinterlacerMode string
const (
	DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace     DeinterlacerMode = "DEINTERLACE"
	DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine DeinterlacerMode = "INVERSE_TELECINE"
	DeinterlacerModeAdaptive        DeinterlacerMode = "ADAPTIVE"
)

Enum values for DeinterlacerMode

func (DeinterlacerMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DeinterlacerMode) Values() []DeinterlacerMode

Values returns all known values for DeinterlacerMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DescribeEndpointsMode 

type DescribeEndpointsMode string
const (
	DescribeEndpointsModeDefault DescribeEndpointsMode = "DEFAULT"
	DescribeEndpointsModeGetOnly DescribeEndpointsMode = "GET_ONLY"
)

Enum values for DescribeEndpointsMode

func (DescribeEndpointsMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DescribeEndpointsMode) Values() []DescribeEndpointsMode

Values returns all known values for DescribeEndpointsMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DestinationSettings 

type DestinationSettings struct {

	// Settings associated with S3 destination
	S3Settings *S3DestinationSettings
}

Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of destination

type DolbyVision 

type DolbyVision struct {

	// Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override the
	// MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values.
	L6Metadata *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata

	// Use Dolby Vision Mode to choose how the service will handle Dolby Vision MaxCLL
	// and MaxFALL properies.
	L6Mode DolbyVisionLevel6Mode

	// In the current MediaConvert implementation, the Dolby Vision profile is always 5
	// (PROFILE_5). Therefore, all of your inputs must contain Dolby Vision frame
	// interleaved data.
	Profile DolbyVisionProfile
}

Settings for Dolby Vision

type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata 

type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata struct {

	// Maximum Content Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to the
	// brightest pixel in the entire stream. Measured in nits.
	MaxCll int32

	// Maximum Frame-Average Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to the
	// highest frame-average brightness in the entire stream. Measured in nits.
	MaxFall int32
}

Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override the MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values.

type DolbyVisionLevel6Mode 

type DolbyVisionLevel6Mode string
const (
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModePassthrough DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "PASSTHROUGH"
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModeRecalculate DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "RECALCULATE"
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModeSpecify     DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "SPECIFY"
)

Enum values for DolbyVisionLevel6Mode

func (DolbyVisionLevel6Mode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DolbyVisionLevel6Mode) Values() []DolbyVisionLevel6Mode

Values returns all known values for DolbyVisionLevel6Mode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DolbyVisionProfile 

type DolbyVisionProfile string
const (
	DolbyVisionProfileProfile5 DolbyVisionProfile = "PROFILE_5"
)

Enum values for DolbyVisionProfile

func (DolbyVisionProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DolbyVisionProfile) Values() []DolbyVisionProfile

Values returns all known values for DolbyVisionProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DropFrameTimecode 

type DropFrameTimecode string
const (
	DropFrameTimecodeDisabled DropFrameTimecode = "DISABLED"
	DropFrameTimecodeEnabled  DropFrameTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for DropFrameTimecode

func (DropFrameTimecode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DropFrameTimecode) Values() []DropFrameTimecode

Values returns all known values for DropFrameTimecode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbNitSettings 

type DvbNitSettings struct {

	// The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
	NetworkId int32

	// The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network
	// Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	NetworkName *string

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	NitInterval int32
}

Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval.

type DvbSdtSettings 

type DvbSdtSettings struct {

	// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT
	// information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the
	// user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT
	// information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information.
	OutputSdt OutputSdt

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	SdtInterval int32

	// The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description
	// Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceName *string

	// The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service
	// Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceProviderName *string
}

Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval.

type DvbSubDestinationSettings 

type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {

	// If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to
	// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly,
	// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output.
	// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the
	// font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
	// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
	// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Alignment DvbSubtitleAlignment

	// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundColor DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is
	// transparent. Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0
	// (transparent). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundOpacity int32

	// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	FontColor DvbSubtitleFontColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is
	// transparent. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontOpacity int32

	// Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontResolution int32

	// Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode is
	// not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or
	// CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset. This is used
	// to help determine the appropriate font for rendering DVB-Sub captions.
	FontScript FontScript

	// A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for
	// automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontSize int32

	// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that
	// are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
	// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
	// match.
	OutlineColor DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

	// Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
	// captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are
	// already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	OutlineSize int32

	// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	ShadowColor DvbSubtitleShadowColor

	// Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
	// this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowOpacity int32

	// Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowXOffset int32

	// Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowYOffset int32

	// Specify whether your DVB subtitles are standard or for hearing impaired. Choose
	// hearing impaired if your subtitles include audio descriptions and dialogue.
	// Choose standard if your subtitles include only dialogue.
	SubtitlingType DvbSubtitlingType

	// Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify
	// whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions grid
	// or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing
	// specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the
	// text easier to read if the captions are closed caption.
	TeletextSpacing DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

	// Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side of
	// the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the
	// horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. This
	// option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
	// These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	XPosition int32

	// Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the output
	// in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from
	// the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption will
	// be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	YPosition int32
}

DVB-Sub Destination Settings

type DvbSubSourceSettings 

type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {

	// When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source
	// content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through,
	// regardless of selectors.
	Pid int32
}

DVB Sub Source Settings

type DvbSubtitleAlignment 

type DvbSubtitleAlignment string
const (
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered DvbSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED"
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft     DvbSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleAlignment

func (DvbSubtitleAlignment) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleAlignment) Values() []DvbSubtitleAlignment

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleAlignment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor 

type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone  DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

func (DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values() []DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleFontColor 

type DvbSubtitleFontColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow DvbSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorRed    DvbSubtitleFontColor = "RED"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue   DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleFontColor

func (DvbSubtitleFontColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleFontColor) Values() []DvbSubtitleFontColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor 

type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed    DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue   DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

func (DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) Values() []DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleOutlineColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleShadowColor 

type DvbSubtitleShadowColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone  DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleShadowColor

func (DvbSubtitleShadowColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleShadowColor) Values() []DvbSubtitleShadowColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleShadowColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing 

type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
const (
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid    DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID"
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

func (DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values() []DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitlingType 

type DvbSubtitlingType string
const (
	DvbSubtitlingTypeHearingImpaired DvbSubtitlingType = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	DvbSubtitlingTypeStandard        DvbSubtitlingType = "STANDARD"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitlingType

func (DvbSubtitlingType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitlingType) Values() []DvbSubtitlingType

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitlingType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbTdtSettings 

type DvbTdtSettings struct {

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	TdtInterval int32
}

Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval.

type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode 

type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeCompleteMain Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

func (Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode) Values() []Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode 

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916 Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_9_1_6"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode

func (Eac3AtmosCodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosCodingMode) Values() []Eac3AtmosCodingMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence 

type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled  Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "ENABLED"
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

func (Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence) Values() []Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine 

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values() []Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf 

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values() []Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode 

type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeqA       Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "LEQ_A"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17701 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_1"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17702 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_2"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17703 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_3"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17704 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

func (Eac3AtmosMeteringMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosMeteringMode) Values() []Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosMeteringMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosSettings 

type Eac3AtmosSettings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid values: 384k, 448k, 640k,
	// 768k
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
	// more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).
	BitstreamMode Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

	// The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos) is always 9.1.6
	// (CODING_MODE_9_1_6).
	CodingMode Eac3AtmosCodingMode

	// Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue
	// analysis.
	DialogueIntelligence Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

	// Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

	// Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the
	// audio.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
	// center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the
	// service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
	// (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and
	// -6.0.
	LoRoCenterMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
	// (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service
	// uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
	// (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The
	// value -60 mutes the channel.
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the
	// service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
	// (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and
	// -6.0.
	LtRtCenterMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How
	// the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
	// downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60.
	// The value -60 mutes the channel.
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel float64

	// Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio.
	MeteringMode Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate int32

	// Specify the percentage of audio content that must be speech before the encoder
	// uses the measured speech loudness as the overall program loudness.
	SpeechThreshold int32

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing.
	StereoDownmix Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

	// Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel
	// matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3_ATMOS.

type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix 

type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix string
const (
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo       Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "STEREO"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround     Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "SURROUND"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2         Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "DPL2"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

func (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix) Values() []Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode 

type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled      Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled     Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode

func (Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode) Values() []Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AttenuationControl 

type Eac3AttenuationControl string
const (
	Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db Eac3AttenuationControl = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"
	Eac3AttenuationControlNone         Eac3AttenuationControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Eac3AttenuationControl

func (Eac3AttenuationControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AttenuationControl) Values() []Eac3AttenuationControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3AttenuationControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3BitstreamMode 

type Eac3BitstreamMode string
const (
	Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Eac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Eac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Eac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
)

Enum values for Eac3BitstreamMode

func (Eac3BitstreamMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3BitstreamMode) Values() []Eac3BitstreamMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3BitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3CodingMode 

type Eac3CodingMode string
const (
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2"
)

Enum values for Eac3CodingMode

func (Eac3CodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3CodingMode) Values() []Eac3CodingMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3CodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DcFilter 

type Eac3DcFilter string
const (
	Eac3DcFilterEnabled  Eac3DcFilter = "ENABLED"
	Eac3DcFilterDisabled Eac3DcFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3DcFilter

func (Eac3DcFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3DcFilter) Values() []Eac3DcFilter

Values returns all known values for Eac3DcFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine 

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const (
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values() []Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

Values returns all known values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf 

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const (
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values() []Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

Values returns all known values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3LfeControl 

type Eac3LfeControl string
const (
	Eac3LfeControlLfe   Eac3LfeControl = "LFE"
	Eac3LfeControlNoLfe Eac3LfeControl = "NO_LFE"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeControl

func (Eac3LfeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3LfeControl) Values() []Eac3LfeControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3LfeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3LfeFilter 

type Eac3LfeFilter string
const (
	Eac3LfeFilterEnabled  Eac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
	Eac3LfeFilterDisabled Eac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeFilter

func (Eac3LfeFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3LfeFilter) Values() []Eac3LfeFilter

Values returns all known values for Eac3LfeFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3MetadataControl 

type Eac3MetadataControl string
const (
	Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Eac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Eac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Eac3MetadataControl

func (Eac3MetadataControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3MetadataControl) Values() []Eac3MetadataControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3MetadataControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3PassthroughControl 

type Eac3PassthroughControl string
const (
	Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible  Eac3PassthroughControl = "WHEN_POSSIBLE"
	Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough Eac3PassthroughControl = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for Eac3PassthroughControl

func (Eac3PassthroughControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3PassthroughControl) Values() []Eac3PassthroughControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3PassthroughControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3PhaseControl 

type Eac3PhaseControl string
const (
	Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees Eac3PhaseControl = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES"
	Eac3PhaseControlNoShift        Eac3PhaseControl = "NO_SHIFT"
)

Enum values for Eac3PhaseControl

func (Eac3PhaseControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3PhaseControl) Values() []Eac3PhaseControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3PhaseControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3Settings 

type Eac3Settings struct {

	// If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
	// Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	AttenuationControl Eac3AttenuationControl

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on the
	// coding mode.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
	// more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).
	BitstreamMode Eac3BitstreamMode

	// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Eac3CodingMode

	// Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
	DcFilter Eac3DcFilter

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
	// Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm int32

	// Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

	// Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the
	// audio.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled
	LfeControl Eac3LfeControl

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid
	// with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter Eac3LfeFilter

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How
	// the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
	// downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5,
	// -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you
	// keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the
	// setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding
	// mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only center (loRoCenterMixLevel).
	LoRoCenterMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the
	// service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
	// (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value
	// -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value
	// of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode
	// (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service
	// ignores Left only/Right only surround (loRoSurroundMixLevel).
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
	// How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
	// downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5,
	// -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you
	// keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the
	// setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding
	// mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total center (ltRtCenterMixLevel).
	LtRtCenterMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for
	// downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose
	// for Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0,
	// and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep
	// the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting
	// Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode,
	// the service ignores Left total/Right total surround (ltRtSurroundMixLevel).
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel float64

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or
	// DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one
	// of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Eac3MetadataControl

	// When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
	// present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
	// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent DD+
	// output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
	PassthroughControl Eac3PassthroughControl

	// Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only used
	// for 3/2 coding mode.
	PhaseControl Eac3PhaseControl

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate int32

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies if you
	// keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the
	// setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding
	// mode, the service ignores Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix).
	StereoDownmix Eac3StereoDownmix

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel is
	// matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode Eac3SurroundExMode

	// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into the
	// two channels.
	SurroundMode Eac3SurroundMode
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3.

type Eac3StereoDownmix 

type Eac3StereoDownmix string
const (
	Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3StereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LO_RO"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LT_RT"
	Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2         Eac3StereoDownmix = "DPL2"
)

Enum values for Eac3StereoDownmix

func (Eac3StereoDownmix) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3StereoDownmix) Values() []Eac3StereoDownmix

Values returns all known values for Eac3StereoDownmix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3SurroundExMode 

type Eac3SurroundExMode string
const (
	Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundExMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundExMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundExMode

func (Eac3SurroundExMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3SurroundExMode) Values() []Eac3SurroundExMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3SurroundExMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3SurroundMode 

type Eac3SurroundMode string
const (
	Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3SurroundModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundMode

func (Eac3SurroundMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3SurroundMode) Values() []Eac3SurroundMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3SurroundMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedConvert608To708 

type EmbeddedConvert608To708 string
const (
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled  EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedConvert608To708

func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) Values() []EmbeddedConvert608To708

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings 

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and your output
	// captions are embedded in the video stream. Specify a CC number for each captions
	// channel in this output. If you have two channels, choose CC numbers that aren't
	// in the same field. For example, choose 1 and 3. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination608ChannelNumber int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and you want both
	// 608 and 708 captions embedded in your output stream. Optionally, specify the 708
	// service number for each output captions channel. Choose a different number for
	// each channel. To use this setting, also set Force 608 to 708 upconvert
	// (Convert608To708) to Upconvert (UPCONVERT) in your input captions selector
	// settings. If you choose to upconvert but don't specify a 708 service number,
	// MediaConvert uses the number that you specify for CC channel number
	// (destination608ChannelNumber) for the 708 service number. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination708ServiceNumber int32
}

Settings specific to embedded/ancillary caption outputs, including 608/708 Channel destination number.

type EmbeddedSourceSettings 

type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608
	// and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the
	// captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
	// compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608
	// data into 708.
	Convert608To708 EmbeddedConvert608To708

	// Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	Source608ChannelNumber int32

	// Specifies the video track index used for extracting captions. The system only
	// supports one input video track, so this should always be set to '1'.
	Source608TrackNumber int32

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each
	// input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this
	// setting.
	TerminateCaptions EmbeddedTerminateCaptions
}

Settings for embedded captions Source

type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions 

type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions string
const (
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT"
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled   EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedTerminateCaptions

func (EmbeddedTerminateCaptions) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (EmbeddedTerminateCaptions) Values() []EmbeddedTerminateCaptions

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedTerminateCaptions. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Endpoint 

type Endpoint struct {

	// URL of endpoint
	Url *string
}

Describes an account-specific API endpoint.

type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification 

type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification struct {

	// Provide your ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML document inside your
	// JSON job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The
	// transcoder will use the Manifest Conditioning instructions in the message that
	// you supply.
	MccXml *string
}

ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.

type EsamSettings 

type EsamSettings struct {

	// Specifies an ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML as per
	// OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the manifest conditioning
	// instructions that you provide in the setting MCC XML (mccXml).
	ManifestConfirmConditionNotification *EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification

	// Specifies the stream distance, in milliseconds, between the SCTE 35 messages
	// that the transcoder places and the splice points that they refer to. If the time
	// between the start of the asset and the SCTE-35 message is less than this value,
	// then the transcoder places the SCTE-35 marker at the beginning of the stream.
	ResponseSignalPreroll int32

	// Specifies an ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML as per
	// OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the signal processing
	// instructions that you provide in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	SignalProcessingNotification *EsamSignalProcessingNotification
}

Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion, you can ignore these settings.

type EsamSignalProcessingNotification 

type EsamSignalProcessingNotification struct {

	// Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON job
	// settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder
	// will use the signal processing instructions in the message that you supply.
	// Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON job
	// settings. For your MPEG2-TS file outputs, if you want the service to place
	// SCTE-35 markers at the insertion points you specify in the XML document, you
	// must also enable SCTE-35 ESAM (scte35Esam). Note that you can either specify an
	// ESAM XML document or enable SCTE-35 passthrough. You can't do both.
	SccXml *string
}

ESAM SignalProcessingNotification data defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.

type F4vMoovPlacement 

type F4vMoovPlacement string
const (
	F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload F4vMoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"
	F4vMoovPlacementNormal              F4vMoovPlacement = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for F4vMoovPlacement

func (F4vMoovPlacement) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (F4vMoovPlacement) Values() []F4vMoovPlacement

Values returns all known values for F4vMoovPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type F4vSettings 

type F4vSettings struct {

	// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of
	// the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed
	// normally at the end.
	MoovPlacement F4vMoovPlacement
}

Settings for F4v container

type FileGroupSettings 

type FileGroupSettings struct {

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS.

type FileSourceConvert608To708 

type FileSourceConvert608To708 string
const (
	FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert FileSourceConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled  FileSourceConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for FileSourceConvert608To708

func (FileSourceConvert608To708) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (FileSourceConvert608To708) Values() []FileSourceConvert608To708

Values returns all known values for FileSourceConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FileSourceSettings 

type FileSourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608
	// and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the
	// captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
	// compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608
	// data into 708.
	Convert608To708 FileSourceConvert608To708

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the
	// service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and
	// input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as
	// a fraction, using the settings Framerate numerator (framerateNumerator) and
	// Framerate denominator (framerateDenominator). For example, you might specify 24
	// / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001
	// for 29.97 fps.
	Framerate *CaptionSourceFramerate

	// External caption file used for loading captions. Accepted file extensions are
	// 'scc', 'ttml', 'dfxp', 'stl', 'srt', 'xml', and 'smi'.
	SourceFile *string

	// Specifies a time delta in seconds to offset the captions from the source file.
	TimeDelta int32
}

If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, or IMSC 1.1 in an xml file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption source is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.

type FontScript 

type FontScript string
const (
	FontScriptAutomatic FontScript = "AUTOMATIC"
	FontScriptHans      FontScript = "HANS"
	FontScriptHant      FontScript = "HANT"
)

Enum values for FontScript

func (FontScript) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (FontScript) Values() []FontScript

Values returns all known values for FontScript. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ForbiddenException 

type ForbiddenException struct {
	Message *string
}

You don't have permissions for this action with the credentials you sent.

func (*ForbiddenException) Error 

func (e *ForbiddenException) Error() string

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorCode 

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorCode() string

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorFault 

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage() string

type FrameCaptureSettings 

type FrameCaptureSettings struct {

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one frame
	// every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, settings of
	// framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 1/3 frame per
	// second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. Files will be named
	// as filename.n.jpg where n is the 0-based sequence number of each Capture.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one frame
	// every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, settings of
	// framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 1/3 frame per
	// second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. Files will be named
	// as filename.NNNNNNN.jpg where N is the 0-based frame sequence number zero padded
	// to 7 decimal places.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Maximum number of captures (encoded jpg output files).
	MaxCaptures int32

	// JPEG Quality - a higher value equals higher quality.
	Quality int32
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.

type H264AdaptiveQuantization 

type H264AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationAuto   H264AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for H264AdaptiveQuantization

func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H264AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H264AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264CodecLevel 

type H264CodecLevel string
const (
	H264CodecLevelAuto    H264CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	H264CodecLevelLevel1  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel11 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel12 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel13 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_3"
	H264CodecLevelLevel2  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel21 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel22 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel3  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3"
	H264CodecLevelLevel31 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel32 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel4  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4"
	H264CodecLevelLevel41 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel42 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel5  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5"
	H264CodecLevelLevel51 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel52 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2"
)

Enum values for H264CodecLevel

func (H264CodecLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264CodecLevel) Values() []H264CodecLevel

Values returns all known values for H264CodecLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264CodecProfile 

type H264CodecProfile string
const (
	H264CodecProfileBaseline     H264CodecProfile = "BASELINE"
	H264CodecProfileHigh         H264CodecProfile = "HIGH"
	H264CodecProfileHigh10bit    H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_10BIT"
	H264CodecProfileHigh422      H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422"
	H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422_10BIT"
	H264CodecProfileMain         H264CodecProfile = "MAIN"
)

Enum values for H264CodecProfile

func (H264CodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264CodecProfile) Values() []H264CodecProfile

Values returns all known values for H264CodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264DynamicSubGop 

type H264DynamicSubGop string
const (
	H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive H264DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	H264DynamicSubGopStatic   H264DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for H264DynamicSubGop

func (H264DynamicSubGop) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264DynamicSubGop) Values() []H264DynamicSubGop

Values returns all known values for H264DynamicSubGop. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264EntropyEncoding 

type H264EntropyEncoding string
const (
	H264EntropyEncodingCabac H264EntropyEncoding = "CABAC"
	H264EntropyEncodingCavlc H264EntropyEncoding = "CAVLC"
)

Enum values for H264EntropyEncoding

func (H264EntropyEncoding) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264EntropyEncoding) Values() []H264EntropyEncoding

Values returns all known values for H264EntropyEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FieldEncoding 

type H264FieldEncoding string
const (
	H264FieldEncodingPaff       H264FieldEncoding = "PAFF"
	H264FieldEncodingForceField H264FieldEncoding = "FORCE_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H264FieldEncoding

func (H264FieldEncoding) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FieldEncoding) Values() []H264FieldEncoding

Values returns all known values for H264FieldEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization 

type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FramerateControl 

type H264FramerateControl string
const (
	H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H264FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264FramerateControlSpecified            H264FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264FramerateControl

func (H264FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FramerateControl) Values() []H264FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for H264FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264GopBReference 

type H264GopBReference string
const (
	H264GopBReferenceDisabled H264GopBReference = "DISABLED"
	H264GopBReferenceEnabled  H264GopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264GopBReference

func (H264GopBReference) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264GopBReference) Values() []H264GopBReference

Values returns all known values for H264GopBReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264GopSizeUnits 

type H264GopSizeUnits string
const (
	H264GopSizeUnitsFrames  H264GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds H264GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for H264GopSizeUnits

func (H264GopSizeUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264GopSizeUnits) Values() []H264GopSizeUnits

Values returns all known values for H264GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264InterlaceMode 

type H264InterlaceMode string
const (
	H264InterlaceModeProgressive       H264InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	H264InterlaceModeTopField          H264InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeBottomField       H264InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField    H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H264InterlaceMode

func (H264InterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264InterlaceMode) Values() []H264InterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for H264InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ParControl 

type H264ParControl string
const (
	H264ParControlInitializeFromSource H264ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264ParControlSpecified            H264ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264ParControl

func (H264ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264ParControl) Values() []H264ParControl

Values returns all known values for H264ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264QualityTuningLevel 

type H264QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass   H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  H264QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for H264QualityTuningLevel

func (H264QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264QualityTuningLevel) Values() []H264QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for H264QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264QvbrSettings 

type H264QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level is
	// Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity of your
	// input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video part of this
	// output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size of the video
	// element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied by the number of
	// seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate int32

	// Required when you use QVBR rate control mode. That is, when you specify
	// qvbrSettings within h264Settings. Specify the general target quality level for
	// this output, from 1 to 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10
	// results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most
	// broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value
	// between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel int32

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune float64
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.264 codec. Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control mode.

type H264RateControlMode 

type H264RateControlMode string
const (
	H264RateControlModeVbr  H264RateControlMode = "VBR"
	H264RateControlModeCbr  H264RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H264RateControlModeQvbr H264RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for H264RateControlMode

func (H264RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264RateControlMode) Values() []H264RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for H264RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264RepeatPps 

type H264RepeatPps string
const (
	H264RepeatPpsDisabled H264RepeatPps = "DISABLED"
	H264RepeatPpsEnabled  H264RepeatPps = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264RepeatPps

func (H264RepeatPps) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264RepeatPps) Values() []H264RepeatPps

Values returns all known values for H264RepeatPps. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264SceneChangeDetect 

type H264SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled            H264SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled             H264SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
	H264SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection H264SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enum values for H264SceneChangeDetect

func (H264SceneChangeDetect) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264SceneChangeDetect) Values() []H264SceneChangeDetect

Values returns all known values for H264SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Settings 

type H264Settings struct {

	// Keep the default value, Auto (AUTO), for this setting to have MediaConvert
	// automatically apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When
	// you want to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than Auto (AUTO). Use this setting to
	// specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If
	// you don't want MediaConvert to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode,
	// set Adaptive quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to Off (OFF). Related
	// settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following settings:
	// H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, and
	// H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization H264AdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For MS
	// Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings. If
	// you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto (AUTO).
	CodecLevel H264CodecLevel

	// H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the AVC-I
	// License.
	CodecProfile H264CodecProfile

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based
	// on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for
	// low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you
	// provide for the setting B frames between reference frames
	// (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
	DynamicSubGop H264DynamicSubGop

	// Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC.
	EntropyEncoding H264EntropyEncoding

	// Keep the default value, PAFF, to have MediaConvert use PAFF encoding for
	// interlaced outputs. Choose Force field (FORCE_FIELD) to disable PAFF encoding
	// and create separate interlaced fields.
	FieldEncoding H264FieldEncoding

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization
	// for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other
	// than AUTO, the default value for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization is Disabled
	// (DISABLED). Change this value to Enabled (ENABLED) to reduce I-frame pop.
	// I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves
	// bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then
	// refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates
	// these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. To manually
	// enable or disable H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive
	// quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to a value other than AUTO.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl H264FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1.
	GopBReference H264GopBReference

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this
	// be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly
	// as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence int32

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize float64

	// Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds
	// the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits H264GopSizeUnits

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode H264InterlaceMode

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by
	// Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of
	// a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change
	// I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval.
	// The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is only used when
	// Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size +
	// Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval int32

	// Number of B-frames between reference frames.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames int32

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if
	// using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl H264ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel H264QualityTuningLevel

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.264 codec.
	// Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate
	// control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control
	// mode.
	QvbrSettings *H264QvbrSettings

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode H264RateControlMode

	// Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated.
	RepeatPps H264RepeatPps

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If
	// this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for
	// further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect H264SceneChangeDetect

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal H264SlowPal

	// Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires
	// a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend
	// that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the
	// setting Sharpness (sharpness) or by enabling a noise reducer filter
	// (noiseReducerFilter). The Softness (softness) setting specifies the quantization
	// matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, for flat
	// quantization. Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the default JVT softening
	// quantization matricies from the H.264 specification. Choose a value from 17 to
	// 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in
	// increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the
	// softest video.
	Softness int32

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, Auto (AUTO), for the
	// setting H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization
	// for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other
	// than AUTO, the default value for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled
	// (ENABLED). Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no
	// noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that
	// this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to
	// be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen
	// with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to set
	// H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled (DISABLED). Related setting: When
	// you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive
	// quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) depending on your content. For
	// homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For
	// content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher. To manually
	// enable or disable H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive
	// quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to a value other than AUTO.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
	Syntax H264Syntax

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or
	// soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine (HARD) produces a
	// 29.97i output. Soft telecine (SOFT) produces an output with a 23.976 output that
	// signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When
	// you keep the default value, None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate
	// conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a
	// smoother picture.
	Telecine H264Telecine

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization
	// for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other
	// than AUTO, the default value for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled
	// (ENABLED). Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses
	// more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this
	// feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on
	// sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video
	// quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the
	// viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their
	// attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp
	// edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to set
	// H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled (DISABLED). Related setting: When
	// you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the
	// setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization). To manually enable or
	// disable H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization
	// (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to a value other than AUTO.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value H_264.

type H264SlowPal 

type H264SlowPal string
const (
	H264SlowPalDisabled H264SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	H264SlowPalEnabled  H264SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SlowPal

func (H264SlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264SlowPal) Values() []H264SlowPal

Values returns all known values for H264SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Syntax 

type H264Syntax string
const (
	H264SyntaxDefault H264Syntax = "DEFAULT"
	H264SyntaxRp2027  H264Syntax = "RP2027"
)

Enum values for H264Syntax

func (H264Syntax) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264Syntax) Values() []H264Syntax

Values returns all known values for H264Syntax. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Telecine 

type H264Telecine string
const (
	H264TelecineNone H264Telecine = "NONE"
	H264TelecineSoft H264Telecine = "SOFT"
	H264TelecineHard H264Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for H264Telecine

func (H264Telecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264Telecine) Values() []H264Telecine

Values returns all known values for H264Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization 

type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode 

type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
const (
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED"
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled  H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode

func (H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values() []H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode

Values returns all known values for H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265AdaptiveQuantization 

type H265AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for H265AdaptiveQuantization

func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H265AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H265AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei 

type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei string
const (
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "DISABLED"
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled  H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

func (H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) Values() []H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

Values returns all known values for H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265CodecLevel 

type H265CodecLevel string
const (
	H265CodecLevelAuto    H265CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	H265CodecLevelLevel1  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel2  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2"
	H265CodecLevelLevel21 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel3  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3"
	H265CodecLevelLevel31 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel4  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4"
	H265CodecLevelLevel41 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel5  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5"
	H265CodecLevelLevel51 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel52 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2"
	H265CodecLevelLevel6  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6"
	H265CodecLevelLevel61 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel62 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_2"
)

Enum values for H265CodecLevel

func (H265CodecLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265CodecLevel) Values() []H265CodecLevel

Values returns all known values for H265CodecLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265CodecProfile 

type H265CodecProfile string
const (
	H265CodecProfileMainMain         H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMainHigh         H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain10Main       H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain10High       H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain  H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh  H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH"
)

Enum values for H265CodecProfile

func (H265CodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265CodecProfile) Values() []H265CodecProfile

Values returns all known values for H265CodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265DynamicSubGop 

type H265DynamicSubGop string
const (
	H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive H265DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	H265DynamicSubGopStatic   H265DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for H265DynamicSubGop

func (H265DynamicSubGop) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265DynamicSubGop) Values() []H265DynamicSubGop

Values returns all known values for H265DynamicSubGop. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization 

type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265FramerateControl 

type H265FramerateControl string
const (
	H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H265FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H265FramerateControlSpecified            H265FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H265FramerateControl

func (H265FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265FramerateControl) Values() []H265FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for H265FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265GopBReference 

type H265GopBReference string
const (
	H265GopBReferenceDisabled H265GopBReference = "DISABLED"
	H265GopBReferenceEnabled  H265GopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265GopBReference

func (H265GopBReference) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265GopBReference) Values() []H265GopBReference

Values returns all known values for H265GopBReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265GopSizeUnits 

type H265GopSizeUnits string
const (
	H265GopSizeUnitsFrames  H265GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds H265GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for H265GopSizeUnits

func (H265GopSizeUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265GopSizeUnits) Values() []H265GopSizeUnits

Values returns all known values for H265GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265InterlaceMode 

type H265InterlaceMode string
const (
	H265InterlaceModeProgressive       H265InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	H265InterlaceModeTopField          H265InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeBottomField       H265InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField    H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H265InterlaceMode

func (H265InterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265InterlaceMode) Values() []H265InterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for H265InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265ParControl 

type H265ParControl string
const (
	H265ParControlInitializeFromSource H265ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H265ParControlSpecified            H265ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H265ParControl

func (H265ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265ParControl) Values() []H265ParControl

Values returns all known values for H265ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265QualityTuningLevel 

type H265QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass   H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  H265QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for H265QualityTuningLevel

func (H265QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265QualityTuningLevel) Values() []H265QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for H265QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265QvbrSettings 

type H265QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level is
	// Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity of your
	// input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video part of this
	// output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size of the video
	// element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied by the number of
	// seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate int32

	// Required when you use QVBR rate control mode. That is, when you specify
	// qvbrSettings within h265Settings. Specify the general target quality level for
	// this output, from 1 to 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10
	// results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most
	// broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value
	// between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel int32

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune float64
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control mode.

type H265RateControlMode 

type H265RateControlMode string
const (
	H265RateControlModeVbr  H265RateControlMode = "VBR"
	H265RateControlModeCbr  H265RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H265RateControlModeQvbr H265RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for H265RateControlMode

func (H265RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265RateControlMode) Values() []H265RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for H265RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode 

type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode string
const (
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault  H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "DEFAULT"
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "ADAPTIVE"
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff      H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "OFF"
)

Enum values for H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

func (H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) Values() []H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

Values returns all known values for H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SceneChangeDetect 

type H265SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled            H265SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled             H265SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
	H265SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection H265SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enum values for H265SceneChangeDetect

func (H265SceneChangeDetect) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265SceneChangeDetect) Values() []H265SceneChangeDetect

Values returns all known values for H265SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Settings 

type H265Settings struct {

	// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The
	// value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Flicker adaptive
	// quantization (flickerAdaptiveQuantization), Spatial adaptive quantization
	// (spatialAdaptiveQuantization), and Temporal adaptive quantization
	// (temporalAdaptiveQuantization).
	AdaptiveQuantization H265AdaptiveQuantization

	// Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid Log
	// Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF).
	AlternateTransferFunctionSei H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For MS
	// Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate int32

	// H.265 Level.
	CodecLevel H265CodecLevel

	// Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections
	// are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile with
	// High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License.
	CodecProfile H265CodecProfile

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based
	// on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for
	// low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you
	// provide for the setting B frames between reference frames
	// (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
	DynamicSubGop H265DynamicSubGop

	// Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears
	// as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some
	// macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the
	// I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks
	// slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by
	// default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also
	// set adaptiveQuantization to a value other than Off (OFF).
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl H265FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1.
	GopBReference H265GopBReference

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this
	// be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly
	// as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence int32

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize float64

	// Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds
	// the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits H265GopSizeUnits

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode H265InterlaceMode

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by
	// Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of
	// a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change
	// I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval.
	// The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is only used when
	// Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size +
	// Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval int32

	// Number of B-frames between reference frames.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames int32

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if
	// using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl H265ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel H265QualityTuningLevel

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec.
	// Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate
	// control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control
	// mode.
	QvbrSettings *H265QvbrSettings

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode H265RateControlMode

	// Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically
	// selects best strength based on content
	SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If
	// this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for
	// further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect H265SceneChangeDetect

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal H265SlowPal

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion
	// with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any
	// small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are
	// encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits.
	// Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note,
	// though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part
	// of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this
	// feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the
	// value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your
	// content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to
	// Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field
	// is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors >
	// Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced
	// Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output:
	// Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i
	// output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this
	// output to 29.97i.
	Telecine H265Telecine

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving
	// and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For
	// example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and
	// scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve
	// your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
	// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
	// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
	// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to
	// disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization,
	// adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization
	// (adaptiveQuantization).
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

	// Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers are
	// supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, reference
	// B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can form a third
	// layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal layers to generate
	// a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream with temporal IDs and
	// with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder could decode all the
	// frames for full frame rate output or only the I and P frames (lowest temporal
	// layer) for a half frame rate output.
	TemporalIds H265TemporalIds

	// Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision of the
	// encoded pictures.
	Tiles H265Tiles

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

	// If the location of parameter set NAL units doesn't matter in your workflow,
	// ignore this setting. Use this setting only with CMAF or DASH outputs, or with
	// standalone file outputs in an MPEG-4 container (MP4 outputs). Choose HVC1 to
	// mark your output as HVC1. This makes your output compliant with the following
	// specification: ISO IECJTC1 SC29 N13798 Text ISO/IEC FDIS 14496-15 3rd Edition.
	// For these outputs, the service stores parameter set NAL units in the sample
	// headers but not in the samples directly. For MP4 outputs, when you choose HVC1,
	// your output video might not work properly with some downstream systems and video
	// players. The service defaults to marking your output as HEV1. For these outputs,
	// the service writes parameter set NAL units directly into the samples.
	WriteMp4PackagingType H265WriteMp4PackagingType
}

Settings for H265 codec

type H265SlowPal 

type H265SlowPal string
const (
	H265SlowPalDisabled H265SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	H265SlowPalEnabled  H265SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265SlowPal

func (H265SlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265SlowPal) Values() []H265SlowPal

Values returns all known values for H265SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Telecine 

type H265Telecine string
const (
	H265TelecineNone H265Telecine = "NONE"
	H265TelecineSoft H265Telecine = "SOFT"
	H265TelecineHard H265Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for H265Telecine

func (H265Telecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265Telecine) Values() []H265Telecine

Values returns all known values for H265Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization 

type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265TemporalIds 

type H265TemporalIds string
const (
	H265TemporalIdsDisabled H265TemporalIds = "DISABLED"
	H265TemporalIdsEnabled  H265TemporalIds = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265TemporalIds

func (H265TemporalIds) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265TemporalIds) Values() []H265TemporalIds

Values returns all known values for H265TemporalIds. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Tiles 

type H265Tiles string
const (
	H265TilesDisabled H265Tiles = "DISABLED"
	H265TilesEnabled  H265Tiles = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265Tiles

func (H265Tiles) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265Tiles) Values() []H265Tiles

Values returns all known values for H265Tiles. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode 

type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
const (
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED"
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled  H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

func (H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values() []H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

Values returns all known values for H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265WriteMp4PackagingType 

type H265WriteMp4PackagingType string
const (
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HVC1"
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HEV1"
)

Enum values for H265WriteMp4PackagingType

func (H265WriteMp4PackagingType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265WriteMp4PackagingType) Values() []H265WriteMp4PackagingType

Values returns all known values for H265WriteMp4PackagingType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Hdr10Metadata 

type Hdr10Metadata struct {

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryX int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryY int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryX int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryY int32

	// Maximum light level among all samples in the coded video sequence, in units of
	// candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value; you must
	// specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxContentLightLevel int32

	// Maximum average light level of any frame in the coded video sequence, in units
	// of candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value; you
	// must specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxFrameAverageLightLevel int32

	// Nominal maximum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas per
	// square meter.
	MaxLuminance int32

	// Nominal minimum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas per
	// square meter
	MinLuminance int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryX int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryY int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointX int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointY int32
}

Use these settings to specify static color calibration metadata, as defined by SMPTE ST 2086. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator.

type HlsAdMarkers 

type HlsAdMarkers string
const (
	HlsAdMarkersElemental       HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL"
	HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35"
)

Enum values for HlsAdMarkers

func (HlsAdMarkers) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAdMarkers) Values() []HlsAdMarkers

Values returns all known values for HlsAdMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAdditionalManifest 

type HlsAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS group is
	// film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name
	// the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8.
	// For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from the
	// nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier to create
	// unique names for the individual variant manifests.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
}

Specify the details for each additional HLS manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type HlsAudioOnlyContainer 

type HlsAudioOnlyContainer string
const (
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "AUTOMATIC"
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts      HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "M2TS"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioOnlyContainer

func (HlsAudioOnlyContainer) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAudioOnlyContainer) Values() []HlsAudioOnlyContainer

Values returns all known values for HlsAudioOnlyContainer. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAudioOnlyHeader added in v0.29.0 

type HlsAudioOnlyHeader string
const (
	HlsAudioOnlyHeaderInclude HlsAudioOnlyHeader = "INCLUDE"
	HlsAudioOnlyHeaderExclude HlsAudioOnlyHeader = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioOnlyHeader

func (HlsAudioOnlyHeader) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAudioOnlyHeader) Values() []HlsAudioOnlyHeader

Values returns all known values for HlsAudioOnlyHeader. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAudioTrackType 

type HlsAudioTrackType string
const (
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect        HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect     HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream          HlsAudioTrackType = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioTrackType

func (HlsAudioTrackType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAudioTrackType) Values() []HlsAudioTrackType

Values returns all known values for HlsAudioTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping 

type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping struct {

	// Caption channel.
	CaptionChannel int32

	// Specify the language for this captions channel, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3
	// three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Specify the language, using the ISO 639-2 three-letter code listed at
	// https://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Caption language description.
	LanguageDescription *string
}

Caption Language Mapping

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting 

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting string
const (
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "INSERT"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "OMIT"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "NONE"
)

Enum values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) Values() []HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

Values returns all known values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsClientCache 

type HlsClientCache string
const (
	HlsClientCacheDisabled HlsClientCache = "DISABLED"
	HlsClientCacheEnabled  HlsClientCache = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsClientCache

func (HlsClientCache) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsClientCache) Values() []HlsClientCache

Values returns all known values for HlsClientCache. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCodecSpecification 

type HlsCodecSpecification string
const (
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381"
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"
)

Enum values for HlsCodecSpecification

func (HlsCodecSpecification) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsCodecSpecification) Values() []HlsCodecSpecification

Values returns all known values for HlsCodecSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsDirectoryStructure 

type HlsDirectoryStructure string
const (
	HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory       HlsDirectoryStructure = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY"
	HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream HlsDirectoryStructure = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM"
)

Enum values for HlsDirectoryStructure

func (HlsDirectoryStructure) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsDirectoryStructure) Values() []HlsDirectoryStructure

Values returns all known values for HlsDirectoryStructure. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsEncryptionSettings 

type HlsEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string

	// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable.
	// Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption.
	EncryptionMethod HlsEncryptionType

	// The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the key
	// for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed in the
	// manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest.
	InitializationVectorInManifest HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

	// Enable this setting to insert the EXT-X-SESSION-KEY element into the master
	// playlist. This allows for offline Apple HLS FairPlay content protection.
	OfflineEncrypted HlsOfflineEncrypted

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that
	// follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type HlsKeyProviderType
}

Settings for HLS encryption

type HlsEncryptionType 

type HlsEncryptionType string
const (
	HlsEncryptionTypeAes128    HlsEncryptionType = "AES128"
	HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes HlsEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES"
)

Enum values for HlsEncryptionType

func (HlsEncryptionType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsEncryptionType) Values() []HlsEncryptionType

Values returns all known values for HlsEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsGroupSettings 

type HlsGroupSettings struct {

	// Choose one or more ad marker types to decorate your Apple HLS manifest. This
	// setting does not determine whether SCTE-35 markers appear in the outputs
	// themselves.
	AdMarkers []HlsAdMarkers

	// By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest for each HLS
	// output group in your job. This default manifest references every output in the
	// output group. To create additional top-level manifests that reference a subset
	// of the outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []HlsAdditionalManifest

	// Ignore this setting unless you are using FairPlay DRM with Verimatrix and you
	// encounter playback issues. Keep the default value, Include (INCLUDE), to output
	// audio-only headers. Choose Exclude (EXCLUDE) to remove the audio-only headers
	// from your audio segments.
	AudioOnlyHeader HlsAudioOnlyHeader

	// A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
	// file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than the
	// main .m3u8 file.
	BaseUrl *string

	// Language to be used on Caption outputs
	CaptionLanguageMappings []HlsCaptionLanguageMapping

	// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language Code
	// field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. Make
	// sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the original
	// source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption selectors
	// (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in the manifest
	// will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include
	// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS line
	// from the manifest.
	CaptionLanguageSetting HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

	// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
	// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled (ENABLED) and control caching in
	// your video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
	ClientCache HlsClientCache

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification HlsCodecSpecification

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories.
	DirectoryStructure HlsDirectoryStructure

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *HlsEncryptionSettings

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression HlsManifestCompression

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat HlsManifestDurationFormat

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a
	// problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that
	// player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length
	// of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final
	// segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1
	// and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting,
	// the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that
	// you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3
	// seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment
	// length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment
	// is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength float64

	// When set, Minimum Segment Size is enforced by looking ahead and back within the
	// specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if needed.
	MinSegmentLength int32

	// Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS
	// output group.
	OutputSelection HlsOutputSelection

	// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. The
	// value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are initialized
	// using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using the input
	// timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset.
	ProgramDateTime HlsProgramDateTime

	// Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
	ProgramDateTimePeriod int32

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file,
	// uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback.
	SegmentControl HlsSegmentControl

	// Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that
	// segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual
	// segment length may be longer.
	SegmentLength int32

	// Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one.
	// directoryStructure must be SINGLE_DIRECTORY for this setting to have an effect.
	SegmentsPerSubdirectory int32

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of
	// variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution HlsStreamInfResolution

	// Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
	TimedMetadataId3Frame HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

	// Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
	TimedMetadataId3Period int32

	// Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
	TimestampDeltaMilliseconds int32
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS.

type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest 

type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest string
const (
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "INCLUDE"
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

func (HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) Values() []HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

Values returns all known values for HlsIFrameOnlyManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest 

type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest string
const (
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE"
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

func (HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) Values() []HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

Values returns all known values for HlsInitializationVectorInManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsKeyProviderType 

type HlsKeyProviderType string
const (
	HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke     HlsKeyProviderType = "SPEKE"
	HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey HlsKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Enum values for HlsKeyProviderType

func (HlsKeyProviderType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsKeyProviderType) Values() []HlsKeyProviderType

Values returns all known values for HlsKeyProviderType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsManifestCompression 

type HlsManifestCompression string
const (
	HlsManifestCompressionGzip HlsManifestCompression = "GZIP"
	HlsManifestCompressionNone HlsManifestCompression = "NONE"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestCompression

func (HlsManifestCompression) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsManifestCompression) Values() []HlsManifestCompression

Values returns all known values for HlsManifestCompression. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsManifestDurationFormat 

type HlsManifestDurationFormat string
const (
	HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint HlsManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"
	HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger       HlsManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestDurationFormat

func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) Values() []HlsManifestDurationFormat

Values returns all known values for HlsManifestDurationFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsOfflineEncrypted 

type HlsOfflineEncrypted string
const (
	HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled  HlsOfflineEncrypted = "ENABLED"
	HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled HlsOfflineEncrypted = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsOfflineEncrypted

func (HlsOfflineEncrypted) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsOfflineEncrypted) Values() []HlsOfflineEncrypted

Values returns all known values for HlsOfflineEncrypted. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsOutputSelection 

type HlsOutputSelection string
const (
	HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments HlsOutputSelection = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"
	HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly         HlsOutputSelection = "SEGMENTS_ONLY"
)

Enum values for HlsOutputSelection

func (HlsOutputSelection) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsOutputSelection) Values() []HlsOutputSelection

Values returns all known values for HlsOutputSelection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsProgramDateTime 

type HlsProgramDateTime string
const (
	HlsProgramDateTimeInclude HlsProgramDateTime = "INCLUDE"
	HlsProgramDateTimeExclude HlsProgramDateTime = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsProgramDateTime

func (HlsProgramDateTime) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsProgramDateTime) Values() []HlsProgramDateTime

Values returns all known values for HlsProgramDateTime. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsSegmentControl 

type HlsSegmentControl string
const (
	HlsSegmentControlSingleFile     HlsSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles HlsSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for HlsSegmentControl

func (HlsSegmentControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsSegmentControl) Values() []HlsSegmentControl

Values returns all known values for HlsSegmentControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsSettings 

type HlsSettings struct {

	// Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs.
	AudioGroupId *string

	// Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value
	// Automatic (AUTOMATIC) to create an audio-only file in a raw container.
	// Regardless of the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the
	// service will place the output into an MPEG2-TS container.
	AudioOnlyContainer HlsAudioOnlyContainer

	// List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input all
	// the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
	AudioRenditionSets *string

	// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream The
	// client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
	// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate
	// Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try to
	// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
	// DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default Alternate
	// rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as an
	// EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio,
	// not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to play back by
	// default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO,
	// AUTOSELECT=NO
	AudioTrackType HlsAudioTrackType

	// When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS
	// manifest
	IFrameOnlyManifest HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

	// Use this setting to add an identifying string to the filename of each segment.
	// The service adds this string between the name modifier and segment index number.
	// You can use format identifiers in the string. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/using-variables-in-your-job-settings.html
	SegmentModifier *string
}

Settings for HLS output groups

type HlsStreamInfResolution 

type HlsStreamInfResolution string
const (
	HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE"
	HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsStreamInfResolution

func (HlsStreamInfResolution) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsStreamInfResolution) Values() []HlsStreamInfResolution

Values returns all known values for HlsStreamInfResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame 

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame string
const (
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "PRIV"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "TDRL"
)

Enum values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) Values() []HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

Values returns all known values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HopDestination 

type HopDestination struct {

	// Optional. When you set up a job to use queue hopping, you can specify a
	// different relative priority for the job in the destination queue. If you don't
	// specify, the relative priority will remain the same as in the previous queue.
	Priority int32

	// Optional unless the job is submitted on the default queue. When you set up a job
	// to use queue hopping, you can specify a destination queue. This queue cannot be
	// the original queue to which the job is submitted. If the original queue isn't
	// the default queue and you don't specify the destination queue, the job will move
	// to the default queue.
	Queue *string

	// Required for setting up a job to use queue hopping. Minimum wait time in minutes
	// until the job can hop to the destination queue. Valid range is 1 to 1440
	// minutes, inclusive.
	WaitMinutes int32
}

Optional. Configuration for a destination queue to which the job can hop once a customer-defined minimum wait time has passed.

type Id3Insertion 

type Id3Insertion struct {

	// Use ID3 tag (Id3) to provide a tag value in base64-encode format.
	Id3 *string

	// Provide a Timecode (TimeCode) in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format.
	Timecode *string
}

To insert ID3 tags in your output, specify two values. Use ID3 tag (Id3) to specify the base 64 encoded string and use Timecode (TimeCode) to specify the time when the tag should be inserted. To insert multiple ID3 tags in your output, create multiple instances of ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion).

type ImageInserter 

type ImageInserter struct {

	// Specify the images that you want to overlay on your video. The images must be
	// PNG or TGA files.
	InsertableImages []InsertableImage
}

Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each input or output individually. This setting is disabled by default.

type ImscDestinationSettings 

type ImscDestinationSettings struct {

	// Keep this setting enabled to have MediaConvert use the font style and position
	// information from the captions source in the output. This option is available
	// only when your input captions are IMSC, SMPTE-TT, or TTML. Disable this setting
	// for simplified output captions.
	StylePassthrough ImscStylePassthrough
}

Settings specific to IMSC caption outputs.

type ImscStylePassthrough 

type ImscStylePassthrough string
const (
	ImscStylePassthroughEnabled  ImscStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	ImscStylePassthroughDisabled ImscStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for ImscStylePassthrough

func (ImscStylePassthrough) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ImscStylePassthrough) Values() []ImscStylePassthrough

Values returns all known values for ImscStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Input 

type Input struct {

	// Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may have
	// multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector
	// Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group for more information.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup

	// Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks from
	// the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio
	// selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector

	// Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you use
	// in your outputs. You can use up to 20 captions selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector

	// Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will
	// include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override
	// any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection (crop).
	Crop *Rectangle

	// Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output.
	// Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video
	// inputs.
	DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter

	// Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload them
	// to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key
	// Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt your
	// content.
	DecryptionSettings *InputDecryptionSettings

	// Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is
	// disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
	DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter

	// Specify the source file for your transcoding job. You can use multiple inputs in
	// a single job. The service concatenates these inputs, in the order that you
	// specify them in the job, to create the outputs. If your input format is IMF,
	// specify your input by providing the path to your CPL. For example,
	// "s3://bucket/vf/cpl.xml". If the CPL is in an incomplete IMP, make sure to use
	// Supplemental IMPs (SupplementalImps) to specify any supplemental IMPs that
	// contain assets referenced by the CPL.
	FileInput *string

	// Specify how the transcoding service applies the denoise and deblock filters. You
	// must also enable the filters separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and
	// Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). * Auto - The transcoding service determines
	// whether to apply filtering, depending on input type and quality. * Disable - The
	// input is not filtered. This is true even if you use the API to enable them in
	// (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). * Force - The input is filtered
	// regardless of input type.
	FilterEnable InputFilterEnable

	// Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter
	// settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0.
	FilterStrength int32

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting is
	// disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter

	// (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify a
	// portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start
	// time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you
	// provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you
	// specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job
	// outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []InputClipping

	// When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to
	// flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore,
	// flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when
	// you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the
	// default value is Auto (AUTO). Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that
	// are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so
	// creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
	InputScanType InputScanType

	// Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output
	// frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you
	// specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output
	// setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value here, this will
	// override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD
	// (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here, this will
	// ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior
	// (scalingBehavior).
	Position *Rectangle

	// Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a
	// multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported.
	// Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you
	// specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which
	// data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and
	// video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl InputPsiControl

	// Provide a list of any necessary supplemental IMPs. You need supplemental IMPs if
	// the CPL that you're using for your input is in an incomplete IMP. Specify either
	// the supplemental IMP directories with a trailing slash or the ASSETMAP.xml
	// files. For example ["s3://bucket/ov/", "s3://bucket/vf2/ASSETMAP.xml"]. You
	// don't need to specify the IMP that contains your input CPL, because the service
	// automatically detects it.
	SupplementalImps []string

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings
	// (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames.
	// This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a
	// single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions
	// formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video.
	// Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose
	// Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that
	// you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify
	// a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more
	// information about timecodes, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start
	// (SPECIFIEDSTART). For more information about timecodes, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string

	// Selector for video.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector
}

Specifies media input

type InputClipping 

type InputClipping struct {

	// Set End timecode (EndTimecode) to the end of the portion of the input you are
	// clipping. The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included in the
	// clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the
	// format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is
	// the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into
	// account your setting for timecode source under input settings
	// (InputTimecodeSource). For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at
	// 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to end six minutes into the video, use
	// 01:06:00:00.
	EndTimecode *string

	// Set Start timecode (StartTimecode) to the beginning of the portion of the input
	// you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value is
	// included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not
	// both. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the
	// minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value,
	// take into account your setting for Input timecode source. For example, if you
	// have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to
	// begin five minutes into the video, use 01:05:00:00.
	StartTimecode *string
}

To transcode only portions of your input (clips), include one Input clipping (one instance of InputClipping in the JSON job file) for each input clip. All input clips you specify will be included in every output of the job.

type InputDeblockFilter 

type InputDeblockFilter string
const (
	InputDeblockFilterEnabled  InputDeblockFilter = "ENABLED"
	InputDeblockFilterDisabled InputDeblockFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDeblockFilter

func (InputDeblockFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeblockFilter) Values() []InputDeblockFilter

Values returns all known values for InputDeblockFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDecryptionSettings 

type InputDecryptionSettings struct {

	// Specify the encryption mode that you used to encrypt your input files.
	DecryptionMode DecryptionMode

	// Warning! Don't provide your encryption key in plaintext. Your job settings could
	// be intercepted, making your encrypted content vulnerable. Specify the encrypted
	// version of the data key that you used to encrypt your content. The data key must
	// be encrypted by AWS Key Management Service (KMS). The key can be 128, 192, or
	// 256 bits.
	EncryptedDecryptionKey *string

	// Specify the initialization vector that you used when you encrypted your content
	// before uploading it to Amazon S3. You can use a 16-byte initialization vector
	// with any encryption mode. Or, you can use a 12-byte initialization vector with
	// GCM or CTR. MediaConvert accepts only initialization vectors that are
	// base64-encoded.
	InitializationVector *string

	// Specify the AWS Region for AWS Key Management Service (KMS) that you used to
	// encrypt your data key, if that Region is different from the one you are using
	// for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
	KmsKeyRegion *string
}

Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload them to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt your content.

type InputDenoiseFilter 

type InputDenoiseFilter string
const (
	InputDenoiseFilterEnabled  InputDenoiseFilter = "ENABLED"
	InputDenoiseFilterDisabled InputDenoiseFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDenoiseFilter

func (InputDenoiseFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDenoiseFilter) Values() []InputDenoiseFilter

Values returns all known values for InputDenoiseFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputFilterEnable 

type InputFilterEnable string
const (
	InputFilterEnableAuto    InputFilterEnable = "AUTO"
	InputFilterEnableDisable InputFilterEnable = "DISABLE"
	InputFilterEnableForce   InputFilterEnable = "FORCE"
)

Enum values for InputFilterEnable

func (InputFilterEnable) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputFilterEnable) Values() []InputFilterEnable

Values returns all known values for InputFilterEnable. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputPsiControl 

type InputPsiControl string
const (
	InputPsiControlIgnorePsi InputPsiControl = "IGNORE_PSI"
	InputPsiControlUsePsi    InputPsiControl = "USE_PSI"
)

Enum values for InputPsiControl

func (InputPsiControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputPsiControl) Values() []InputPsiControl

Values returns all known values for InputPsiControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputRotate 

type InputRotate string
const (
	InputRotateDegree0    InputRotate = "DEGREE_0"
	InputRotateDegrees90  InputRotate = "DEGREES_90"
	InputRotateDegrees180 InputRotate = "DEGREES_180"
	InputRotateDegrees270 InputRotate = "DEGREES_270"
	InputRotateAuto       InputRotate = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for InputRotate

func (InputRotate) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputRotate) Values() []InputRotate

Values returns all known values for InputRotate. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputScanType added in v0.29.0 

type InputScanType string
const (
	InputScanTypeAuto InputScanType = "AUTO"
	InputScanTypePsf  InputScanType = "PSF"
)

Enum values for InputScanType

func (InputScanType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputScanType) Values() []InputScanType

Values returns all known values for InputScanType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputTemplate 

type InputTemplate struct {

	// Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may have
	// multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector
	// Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group for more information.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup

	// Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks from
	// the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio
	// selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector

	// Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you use
	// in your outputs. You can use up to 20 captions selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector

	// Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will
	// include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override
	// any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection (crop).
	Crop *Rectangle

	// Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output.
	// Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video
	// inputs.
	DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter

	// Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is
	// disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
	DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter

	// Specify how the transcoding service applies the denoise and deblock filters. You
	// must also enable the filters separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and
	// Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). * Auto - The transcoding service determines
	// whether to apply filtering, depending on input type and quality. * Disable - The
	// input is not filtered. This is true even if you use the API to enable them in
	// (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). * Force - The input is filtered
	// regardless of input type.
	FilterEnable InputFilterEnable

	// Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter
	// settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0.
	FilterStrength int32

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting is
	// disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter

	// (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify a
	// portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start
	// time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you
	// provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you
	// specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job
	// outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []InputClipping

	// When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to
	// flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore,
	// flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when
	// you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the
	// default value is Auto (AUTO). Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that
	// are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so
	// creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
	InputScanType InputScanType

	// Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output
	// frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you
	// specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output
	// setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value here, this will
	// override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD
	// (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here, this will
	// ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior
	// (scalingBehavior).
	Position *Rectangle

	// Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a
	// multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported.
	// Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you
	// specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which
	// data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and
	// video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl InputPsiControl

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings
	// (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames.
	// This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a
	// single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions
	// formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video.
	// Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose
	// Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that
	// you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify
	// a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more
	// information about timecodes, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start
	// (SPECIFIEDSTART). For more information about timecodes, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string

	// Selector for video.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector
}

Specified video input in a template.

type InputTimecodeSource 

type InputTimecodeSource string
const (
	InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded       InputTimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED"
	InputTimecodeSourceZerobased      InputTimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"
	InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart InputTimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Enum values for InputTimecodeSource

func (InputTimecodeSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputTimecodeSource) Values() []InputTimecodeSource

Values returns all known values for InputTimecodeSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InsertableImage 

type InsertableImage struct {

	// Specify the time, in milliseconds, for the image to remain on the output video.
	// This duration includes fade-in time but not fade-out time.
	Duration int32

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the Start time that you
	// specify for the image insertion and the time that the image appears at full
	// opacity. Full opacity is the level that you specify for the opacity setting. If
	// you don't specify a value for Fade-in, the image will appear abruptly at the
	// overlay start time.
	FadeIn int32

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the end of the time that
	// you have specified for the image overlay Duration and when the overlaid image
	// has faded to total transparency. If you don't specify a value for Fade-out, the
	// image will disappear abruptly at the end of the inserted image duration.
	FadeOut int32

	// Specify the height of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value
	// that's larger than the video resolution height, the service will crop your
	// overlaid image to fit. To use the native height of the image, keep this setting
	// blank.
	Height int32

	// Specify the HTTP, HTTPS, or Amazon S3 location of the image that you want to
	// overlay on the video. Use a PNG or TGA file.
	ImageInserterInput *string

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image and the left edge of
	// the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageX int32

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the overlaid image and the top edge of
	// the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageY int32

	// Specify how overlapping inserted images appear. Images with higher values for
	// Layer appear on top of images with lower values for Layer.
	Layer int32

	// Use Opacity (Opacity) to specify how much of the underlying video shows through
	// the inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 50.
	Opacity int32

	// Specify the timecode of the frame that you want the overlay to first appear on.
	// This must be in timecode (HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF) format. Remember to take
	// into account your timecode source settings.
	StartTime *string

	// Specify the width of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value that's
	// larger than the video resolution width, the service will crop your overlaid
	// image to fit. To use the native width of the image, keep this setting blank.
	Width int32
}

Settings that specify how your still graphic overlay appears.

type InternalServerErrorException 

type InternalServerErrorException struct {
	Message *string
}

The service encountered an unexpected condition and can't fulfill your request.

func (*InternalServerErrorException) Error 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode() string

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage() string

type Job 

type Job struct {

	// The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, see
	// the User Guide topic at the User Guide at
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Settings *JobSettings

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings

	// Describes whether the current job is running with accelerated transcoding. For
	// jobs that have Acceleration (AccelerationMode) set to DISABLED,
	// AccelerationStatus is always NOT_APPLICABLE. For jobs that have Acceleration
	// (AccelerationMode) set to ENABLED or PREFERRED, AccelerationStatus is one of the
	// other states. AccelerationStatus is IN_PROGRESS initially, while the service
	// determines whether the input files and job settings are compatible with
	// accelerated transcoding. If they are, AcclerationStatus is ACCELERATED. If your
	// input files and job settings aren't compatible with accelerated transcoding, the
	// service either fails your job or runs it without accelerated transcoding,
	// depending on how you set Acceleration (AccelerationMode). When the service runs
	// your job without accelerated transcoding, AccelerationStatus is NOT_ACCELERATED.
	AccelerationStatus AccelerationStatus

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// The tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use to sort your AWS
	// Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that you set up.
	BillingTagsSource BillingTagsSource

	// The time, in Unix epoch format in seconds, when the job got created.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// A job's phase can be PROBING, TRANSCODING OR UPLOADING
	CurrentPhase JobPhase

	// Error code for the job
	ErrorCode int32

	// Error message of Job
	ErrorMessage *string

	// Optional list of hop destinations.
	HopDestinations []HopDestination

	// A portion of the job's ARN, unique within your AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// resources
	Id *string

	// An estimate of how far your job has progressed. This estimate is shown as a
	// percentage of the total time from when your job leaves its queue to when your
	// output files appear in your output Amazon S3 bucket. AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// provides jobPercentComplete in CloudWatch STATUS_UPDATE events and in the
	// response to GetJob and ListJobs requests. The jobPercentComplete estimate is
	// reliable for the following input containers: Quicktime, Transport Stream, MP4,
	// and MXF. For some jobs, the service can't provide information about job
	// progress. In those cases, jobPercentComplete returns a null value.
	JobPercentComplete int32

	// The job template that the job is created from, if it is created from a job
	// template.
	JobTemplate *string

	// Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already successfully
	// submitted.
	Messages *JobMessages

	// List of output group details
	OutputGroupDetails []OutputGroupDetail

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority int32

	// When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If you don't
	// specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, see the
	// User Guide topic at
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Queue *string

	// The job's queue hopping history.
	QueueTransitions []QueueTransition

	// The number of times that the service automatically attempted to process your job
	// after encountering an error.
	RetryCount int32

	// Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved
	// transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs your
	// job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will see with
	// one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.
	SimulateReservedQueue SimulateReservedQueue

	// A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR.
	Status JobStatus

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends
	// an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job
	// to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval

	// Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified in
	// Unix epoch format in seconds.
	Timing *Timing

	// User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. You
	// specify metadata in key/value pairs.
	UserMetadata map[string]string
}

Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html

type JobMessages 

type JobMessages struct {

	// List of messages that are informational only and don't indicate a problem with
	// your job.
	Info []string

	// List of messages that warn about conditions that might cause your job not to run
	// or to fail.
	Warning []string
}

Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already successfully submitted.

type JobPhase 

type JobPhase string
const (
	JobPhaseProbing     JobPhase = "PROBING"
	JobPhaseTranscoding JobPhase = "TRANSCODING"
	JobPhaseUploading   JobPhase = "UPLOADING"
)

Enum values for JobPhase

func (JobPhase) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (JobPhase) Values() []JobPhase

Values returns all known values for JobPhase. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type JobSettings 

type JobSettings struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS
	// time.
	AdAvailOffset int32

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an image,
	// and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM).
	Esam *EsamSettings

	// Use Inputs (inputs) to define source file used in the transcode job. There can
	// be multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together to
	// create the output.
	Inputs []Input

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and
	// analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration
	// (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs
	// in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an
	// instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you
	// don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the
	// setting.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration

	// Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	// Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen
	// watermarks in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you
	// also need to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output
	// in your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following
	// Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 5.2.1 Nielsen NLM Watermark
	// Engine Version 1.2.7 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [5.0.0]
	NielsenNonLinearWatermark *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings

	// (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share
	// a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF,
	// and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in
	// (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This
	// required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under
	// (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are as
	// follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings *
	// MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []OutputGroup

	// Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig

	// Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags in
	// any HLS outputs. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it
	// in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion
	// (Id3Insertion) objects.
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion
}

JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.

type JobStatus 

type JobStatus string
const (
	JobStatusSubmitted   JobStatus = "SUBMITTED"
	JobStatusProgressing JobStatus = "PROGRESSING"
	JobStatusComplete    JobStatus = "COMPLETE"
	JobStatusCanceled    JobStatus = "CANCELED"
	JobStatusError       JobStatus = "ERROR"
)

Enum values for JobStatus

func (JobStatus) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (JobStatus) Values() []JobStatus

Values returns all known values for JobStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type JobTemplate 

type JobTemplate struct {

	// A name you create for each job template. Each name must be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
	// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Settings *JobTemplateSettings

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// An optional category you create to organize your job templates.
	Category *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for Job template creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An optional description you create for each job template.
	Description *string

	// Optional list of hop destinations.
	HopDestinations []HopDestination

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the Job template was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority int32

	// Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. If you
	// don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue.
	Queue *string

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends
	// an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job
	// to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval

	// A job template can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in job
	// templates can't be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type Type
}

A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use to quickly create a job.

type JobTemplateListBy 

type JobTemplateListBy string
const (
	JobTemplateListByName         JobTemplateListBy = "NAME"
	JobTemplateListByCreationDate JobTemplateListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
	JobTemplateListBySystem       JobTemplateListBy = "SYSTEM"
)

Enum values for JobTemplateListBy

func (JobTemplateListBy) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (JobTemplateListBy) Values() []JobTemplateListBy

Values returns all known values for JobTemplateListBy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type JobTemplateSettings 

type JobTemplateSettings struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS
	// time.
	AdAvailOffset int32

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an image,
	// and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM).
	Esam *EsamSettings

	// Use Inputs (inputs) to define the source file used in the transcode job. There
	// can only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include multiple
	// inputs when referencing a job template.
	Inputs []InputTemplate

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and
	// analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration
	// (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs
	// in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an
	// instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you
	// don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the
	// setting.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration

	// Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	// Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen
	// watermarks in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you
	// also need to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output
	// in your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following
	// Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 5.2.1 Nielsen NLM Watermark
	// Engine Version 1.2.7 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [5.0.0]
	NielsenNonLinearWatermark *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings

	// (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share
	// a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF,
	// and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in
	// (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This
	// required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under
	// (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are as
	// follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings *
	// MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []OutputGroup

	// Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig

	// Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags in
	// any HLS outputs. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it
	// in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion
	// (Id3Insertion) objects.
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion
}

JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template that will be applied to jobs created from it.

type LanguageCode 

type LanguageCode string
const (
	LanguageCodeEng LanguageCode = "ENG"
	LanguageCodeSpa LanguageCode = "SPA"
	LanguageCodeFra LanguageCode = "FRA"
	LanguageCodeDeu LanguageCode = "DEU"
	LanguageCodeGer LanguageCode = "GER"
	LanguageCodeZho LanguageCode = "ZHO"
	LanguageCodeAra LanguageCode = "ARA"
	LanguageCodeHin LanguageCode = "HIN"
	LanguageCodeJpn LanguageCode = "JPN"
	LanguageCodeRus LanguageCode = "RUS"
	LanguageCodePor LanguageCode = "POR"
	LanguageCodeIta LanguageCode = "ITA"
	LanguageCodeUrd LanguageCode = "URD"
	LanguageCodeVie LanguageCode = "VIE"
	LanguageCodeKor LanguageCode = "KOR"
	LanguageCodePan LanguageCode = "PAN"
	LanguageCodeAbk LanguageCode = "ABK"
	LanguageCodeAar LanguageCode = "AAR"
	LanguageCodeAfr LanguageCode = "AFR"
	LanguageCodeAka LanguageCode = "AKA"
	LanguageCodeSqi LanguageCode = "SQI"
	LanguageCodeAmh LanguageCode = "AMH"
	LanguageCodeArg LanguageCode = "ARG"
	LanguageCodeHye LanguageCode = "HYE"
	LanguageCodeAsm LanguageCode = "ASM"
	LanguageCodeAva LanguageCode = "AVA"
	LanguageCodeAve LanguageCode = "AVE"
	LanguageCodeAym LanguageCode = "AYM"
	LanguageCodeAze LanguageCode = "AZE"
	LanguageCodeBam LanguageCode = "BAM"
	LanguageCodeBak LanguageCode = "BAK"
	LanguageCodeEus LanguageCode = "EUS"
	LanguageCodeBel LanguageCode = "BEL"
	LanguageCodeBen LanguageCode = "BEN"
	LanguageCodeBih LanguageCode = "BIH"
	LanguageCodeBis LanguageCode = "BIS"
	LanguageCodeBos LanguageCode = "BOS"
	LanguageCodeBre LanguageCode = "BRE"
	LanguageCodeBul LanguageCode = "BUL"
	LanguageCodeMya LanguageCode = "MYA"
	LanguageCodeCat LanguageCode = "CAT"
	LanguageCodeKhm LanguageCode = "KHM"
	LanguageCodeCha LanguageCode = "CHA"
	LanguageCodeChe LanguageCode = "CHE"
	LanguageCodeNya LanguageCode = "NYA"
	LanguageCodeChu LanguageCode = "CHU"
	LanguageCodeChv LanguageCode = "CHV"
	LanguageCodeCor LanguageCode = "COR"
	LanguageCodeCos LanguageCode = "COS"
	LanguageCodeCre LanguageCode = "CRE"
	LanguageCodeHrv LanguageCode = "HRV"
	LanguageCodeCes LanguageCode = "CES"
	LanguageCodeDan LanguageCode = "DAN"
	LanguageCodeDiv LanguageCode = "DIV"
	LanguageCodeNld LanguageCode = "NLD"
	LanguageCodeDzo LanguageCode = "DZO"
	LanguageCodeEnm LanguageCode = "ENM"
	LanguageCodeEpo LanguageCode = "EPO"
	LanguageCodeEst LanguageCode = "EST"
	LanguageCodeEwe LanguageCode = "EWE"
	LanguageCodeFao LanguageCode = "FAO"
	LanguageCodeFij LanguageCode = "FIJ"
	LanguageCodeFin LanguageCode = "FIN"
	LanguageCodeFrm LanguageCode = "FRM"
	LanguageCodeFul LanguageCode = "FUL"
	LanguageCodeGla LanguageCode = "GLA"
	LanguageCodeGlg LanguageCode = "GLG"
	LanguageCodeLug LanguageCode = "LUG"
	LanguageCodeKat LanguageCode = "KAT"
	LanguageCodeEll LanguageCode = "ELL"
	LanguageCodeGrn LanguageCode = "GRN"
	LanguageCodeGuj LanguageCode = "GUJ"
	LanguageCodeHat LanguageCode = "HAT"
	LanguageCodeHau LanguageCode = "HAU"
	LanguageCodeHeb LanguageCode = "HEB"
	LanguageCodeHer LanguageCode = "HER"
	LanguageCodeHmo LanguageCode = "HMO"
	LanguageCodeHun LanguageCode = "HUN"
	LanguageCodeIsl LanguageCode = "ISL"
	LanguageCodeIdo LanguageCode = "IDO"
	LanguageCodeIbo LanguageCode = "IBO"
	LanguageCodeInd LanguageCode = "IND"
	LanguageCodeIna LanguageCode = "INA"
	LanguageCodeIle LanguageCode = "ILE"
	LanguageCodeIku LanguageCode = "IKU"
	LanguageCodeIpk LanguageCode = "IPK"
	LanguageCodeGle LanguageCode = "GLE"
	LanguageCodeJav LanguageCode = "JAV"
	LanguageCodeKal LanguageCode = "KAL"
	LanguageCodeKan LanguageCode = "KAN"
	LanguageCodeKau LanguageCode = "KAU"
	LanguageCodeKas LanguageCode = "KAS"
	LanguageCodeKaz LanguageCode = "KAZ"
	LanguageCodeKik LanguageCode = "KIK"
	LanguageCodeKin LanguageCode = "KIN"
	LanguageCodeKir LanguageCode = "KIR"
	LanguageCodeKom LanguageCode = "KOM"
	LanguageCodeKon LanguageCode = "KON"
	LanguageCodeKua LanguageCode = "KUA"
	LanguageCodeKur LanguageCode = "KUR"
	LanguageCodeLao LanguageCode = "LAO"
	LanguageCodeLat LanguageCode = "LAT"
	LanguageCodeLav LanguageCode = "LAV"
	LanguageCodeLim LanguageCode = "LIM"
	LanguageCodeLin LanguageCode = "LIN"
	LanguageCodeLit LanguageCode = "LIT"
	LanguageCodeLub LanguageCode = "LUB"
	LanguageCodeLtz LanguageCode = "LTZ"
	LanguageCodeMkd LanguageCode = "MKD"
	LanguageCodeMlg LanguageCode = "MLG"
	LanguageCodeMsa LanguageCode = "MSA"
	LanguageCodeMal LanguageCode = "MAL"
	LanguageCodeMlt LanguageCode = "MLT"
	LanguageCodeGlv LanguageCode = "GLV"
	LanguageCodeMri LanguageCode = "MRI"
	LanguageCodeMar LanguageCode = "MAR"
	LanguageCodeMah LanguageCode = "MAH"
	LanguageCodeMon LanguageCode = "MON"
	LanguageCodeNau LanguageCode = "NAU"
	LanguageCodeNav LanguageCode = "NAV"
	LanguageCodeNde LanguageCode = "NDE"
	LanguageCodeNbl LanguageCode = "NBL"
	LanguageCodeNdo LanguageCode = "NDO"
	LanguageCodeNep LanguageCode = "NEP"
	LanguageCodeSme LanguageCode = "SME"
	LanguageCodeNor LanguageCode = "NOR"
	LanguageCodeNob LanguageCode = "NOB"
	LanguageCodeNno LanguageCode = "NNO"
	LanguageCodeOci LanguageCode = "OCI"
	LanguageCodeOji LanguageCode = "OJI"
	LanguageCodeOri LanguageCode = "ORI"
	LanguageCodeOrm LanguageCode = "ORM"
	LanguageCodeOss LanguageCode = "OSS"
	LanguageCodePli LanguageCode = "PLI"
	LanguageCodeFas LanguageCode = "FAS"
	LanguageCodePol LanguageCode = "POL"
	LanguageCodePus LanguageCode = "PUS"
	LanguageCodeQue LanguageCode = "QUE"
	LanguageCodeQaa LanguageCode = "QAA"
	LanguageCodeRon LanguageCode = "RON"
	LanguageCodeRoh LanguageCode = "ROH"
	LanguageCodeRun LanguageCode = "RUN"
	LanguageCodeSmo LanguageCode = "SMO"
	LanguageCodeSag LanguageCode = "SAG"
	LanguageCodeSan LanguageCode = "SAN"
	LanguageCodeSrd LanguageCode = "SRD"
	LanguageCodeSrb LanguageCode = "SRB"
	LanguageCodeSna LanguageCode = "SNA"
	LanguageCodeIii LanguageCode = "III"
	LanguageCodeSnd LanguageCode = "SND"
	LanguageCodeSin LanguageCode = "SIN"
	LanguageCodeSlk LanguageCode = "SLK"
	LanguageCodeSlv LanguageCode = "SLV"
	LanguageCodeSom LanguageCode = "SOM"
	LanguageCodeSot LanguageCode = "SOT"
	LanguageCodeSun LanguageCode = "SUN"
	LanguageCodeSwa LanguageCode = "SWA"
	LanguageCodeSsw LanguageCode = "SSW"
	LanguageCodeSwe LanguageCode = "SWE"
	LanguageCodeTgl LanguageCode = "TGL"
	LanguageCodeTah LanguageCode = "TAH"
	LanguageCodeTgk LanguageCode = "TGK"
	LanguageCodeTam LanguageCode = "TAM"
	LanguageCodeTat LanguageCode = "TAT"
	LanguageCodeTel LanguageCode = "TEL"
	LanguageCodeTha LanguageCode = "THA"
	LanguageCodeBod LanguageCode = "BOD"
	LanguageCodeTir LanguageCode = "TIR"
	LanguageCodeTon LanguageCode = "TON"
	LanguageCodeTso LanguageCode = "TSO"
	LanguageCodeTsn LanguageCode = "TSN"
	LanguageCodeTur LanguageCode = "TUR"
	LanguageCodeTuk LanguageCode = "TUK"
	LanguageCodeTwi LanguageCode = "TWI"
	LanguageCodeUig LanguageCode = "UIG"
	LanguageCodeUkr LanguageCode = "UKR"
	LanguageCodeUzb LanguageCode = "UZB"
	LanguageCodeVen LanguageCode = "VEN"
	LanguageCodeVol LanguageCode = "VOL"
	LanguageCodeWln LanguageCode = "WLN"
	LanguageCodeCym LanguageCode = "CYM"
	LanguageCodeFry LanguageCode = "FRY"
	LanguageCodeWol LanguageCode = "WOL"
	LanguageCodeXho LanguageCode = "XHO"
	LanguageCodeYid LanguageCode = "YID"
	LanguageCodeYor LanguageCode = "YOR"
	LanguageCodeZha LanguageCode = "ZHA"
	LanguageCodeZul LanguageCode = "ZUL"
	LanguageCodeOrj LanguageCode = "ORJ"
	LanguageCodeQpc LanguageCode = "QPC"
	LanguageCodeTng LanguageCode = "TNG"
)

Enum values for LanguageCode

func (LanguageCode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (LanguageCode) Values() []LanguageCode

Values returns all known values for LanguageCode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAudioBufferModel 

type M2tsAudioBufferModel string
const (
	M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb  M2tsAudioBufferModel = "DVB"
	M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc M2tsAudioBufferModel = "ATSC"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioBufferModel

func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) Values() []M2tsAudioBufferModel

Values returns all known values for M2tsAudioBufferModel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAudioDuration added in v0.31.0 

type M2tsAudioDuration string
const (
	M2tsAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration M2tsAudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	M2tsAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   M2tsAudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioDuration

func (M2tsAudioDuration) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (M2tsAudioDuration) Values() []M2tsAudioDuration

Values returns all known values for M2tsAudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsBufferModel 

type M2tsBufferModel string
const (
	M2tsBufferModelMultiplex M2tsBufferModel = "MULTIPLEX"
	M2tsBufferModelNone      M2tsBufferModel = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsBufferModel

func (M2tsBufferModel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsBufferModel) Values() []M2tsBufferModel

Values returns all known values for M2tsBufferModel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEbpAudioInterval 

type M2tsEbpAudioInterval string
const (
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS"
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval          M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbpAudioInterval

func (M2tsEbpAudioInterval) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsEbpAudioInterval) Values() []M2tsEbpAudioInterval

Values returns all known values for M2tsEbpAudioInterval. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEbpPlacement 

type M2tsEbpPlacement string
const (
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS"
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid          M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_PID"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbpPlacement

func (M2tsEbpPlacement) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsEbpPlacement) Values() []M2tsEbpPlacement

Values returns all known values for M2tsEbpPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEsRateInPes 

type M2tsEsRateInPes string
const (
	M2tsEsRateInPesInclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "INCLUDE"
	M2tsEsRateInPesExclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for M2tsEsRateInPes

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) Values() []M2tsEsRateInPes

Values returns all known values for M2tsEsRateInPes. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder 

type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder string
const (
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce   M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "FORCE"
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "DEFAULT"
)

Enum values for M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

func (M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder) Values() []M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

Values returns all known values for M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsNielsenId3 

type M2tsNielsenId3 string
const (
	M2tsNielsenId3Insert M2tsNielsenId3 = "INSERT"
	M2tsNielsenId3None   M2tsNielsenId3 = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsNielsenId3

func (M2tsNielsenId3) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsNielsenId3) Values() []M2tsNielsenId3

Values returns all known values for M2tsNielsenId3. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsPcrControl 

type M2tsPcrControl string
const (
	M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M2tsPcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
	M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M2tsPcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

Enum values for M2tsPcrControl

func (M2tsPcrControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsPcrControl) Values() []M2tsPcrControl

Values returns all known values for M2tsPcrControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsRateMode 

type M2tsRateMode string
const (
	M2tsRateModeVbr M2tsRateMode = "VBR"
	M2tsRateModeCbr M2tsRateMode = "CBR"
)

Enum values for M2tsRateMode

func (M2tsRateMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsRateMode) Values() []M2tsRateMode

Values returns all known values for M2tsRateMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsScte35Esam 

type M2tsScte35Esam struct {

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream generated
	// by ESAM.
	Scte35EsamPid int32
}

Settings for SCTE-35 signals from ESAM. Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).

type M2tsScte35Source 

type M2tsScte35Source string
const (
	M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough M2tsScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	M2tsScte35SourceNone        M2tsScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsScte35Source

func (M2tsScte35Source) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsScte35Source) Values() []M2tsScte35Source

Values returns all known values for M2tsScte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers 

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers string
const (
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone        M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "NONE"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_SEGSTART"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt    M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_ADAPT"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "PSI_SEGSTART"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp         M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy   M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP_LEGACY"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers

func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) Values() []M2tsSegmentationMarkers

Values returns all known values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSegmentationStyle 

type M2tsSegmentationStyle string
const (
	M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence M2tsSegmentationStyle = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE"
	M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence    M2tsSegmentationStyle = "RESET_CADENCE"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationStyle

func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) Values() []M2tsSegmentationStyle

Values returns all known values for M2tsSegmentationStyle. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSettings 

type M2tsSettings struct {

	// Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio.
	AudioBufferModel M2tsAudioBufferModel

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration M2tsAudioDuration

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes int32

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for any elementary audio streams you
	// include in this output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the
	// range 482-492.
	AudioPids []int32

	// Specify the output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting
	// to 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. Other
	// common values are 3750000, 7500000, and 15000000.
	Bitrate int32

	// Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to
	// MULTIPLEX, use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower
	// latency, but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without
	// interruptions.
	BufferModel M2tsBufferModel

	// Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings

	// Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for DVB subtitle data included in this
	// output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the range 460-479.
	DvbSubPids []int32

	// Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for DVB teletext data you include in this
	// output. Default is 499.
	DvbTeletextPid int32

	// When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to
	// partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be fixed,
	// and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When set to
	// VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only applicable
	// when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or
	// EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpAudioInterval M2tsEbpAudioInterval

	// Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only on
	// the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable when
	// EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or
	// EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpPlacement M2tsEbpPlacement

	// Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header.
	EsRateInPes M2tsEsRateInPes

	// Keep the default value (DEFAULT) unless you know that your audio EBP markers are
	// incorrectly appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem,
	// set this value to Force (FORCE).
	ForceTsVideoEbpOrder M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

	// The length, in seconds, of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
	FragmentTime float64

	// Specify the maximum time, in milliseconds, between Program Clock References
	// (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
	MaxPcrInterval int32

	// When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified
	// time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP is
	// going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is not
	// emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead value
	// does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured elsewhere
	// to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate.
	MinEbpInterval int32

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the
	// input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 M2tsNielsenId3

	// Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport
	// stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic
	// null packets.
	NullPacketBitrate float64

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval int32

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only when
	// the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M2tsPcrControl

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program clock reference (PCR) in
	// this output. If you do not specify a value, the service will use the value for
	// Video PID (VideoPid).
	PcrPid int32

	// Specify the number of milliseconds between instances of the program map table
	// (PMT) in the output transport stream.
	PmtInterval int32

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program map table (PMT) itself.
	// Default is 480.
	PmtPid int32

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream. Default is
	// 503.
	PrivateMetadataPid int32

	// Use Program number (programNumber) to specify the program number used in the
	// program map table (PMT) for this output. Default is 1. Program numbers and
	// program map tables are parts of MPEG-2 transport stream containers, used for
	// organizing data.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified
	// bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, but
	// the output will not be padded up to that bitrate.
	RateMode M2tsRateMode

	// Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and
	// transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML
	// document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	Scte35Esam *M2tsScte35Esam

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport
	// stream.
	Scte35Pid int32

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you
	// want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output.
	// Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35
	// markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE). Also provide the ESAM
	// XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML (sccXml). Also
	// enable ESAM SCTE-35 (include the property scte35Esam).
	Scte35Source M2tsScte35Source

	// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart sets
	// the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets the RAI
	// bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart
	// inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary
	// Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
	// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the
	// adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
	SegmentationMarkers M2tsSegmentationMarkers

	// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
	// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may be
	// truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.
	// When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is
	// truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means
	// the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds.
	// When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment is
	// truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This
	// means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all
	// segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. Note
	// that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule.
	SegmentationStyle M2tsSegmentationStyle

	// Specify the length, in seconds, of each segment. Required unless markers is set
	// to none.
	SegmentationTime float64

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for timed metadata in this output. Default
	// is 502.
	TimedMetadataPid int32

	// Specify the ID for the transport stream itself in the program map table for this
	// output. Transport stream IDs and program map tables are parts of MPEG-2
	// transport stream containers, used for organizing data.
	TransportStreamId int32

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the
	// transport stream.
	VideoPid int32
}

MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the asset.

type M3u8AudioDuration added in v0.31.0 

type M3u8AudioDuration string
const (
	M3u8AudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration M3u8AudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	M3u8AudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   M3u8AudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for M3u8AudioDuration

func (M3u8AudioDuration) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (M3u8AudioDuration) Values() []M3u8AudioDuration

Values returns all known values for M3u8AudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8NielsenId3 

type M3u8NielsenId3 string
const (
	M3u8NielsenId3Insert M3u8NielsenId3 = "INSERT"
	M3u8NielsenId3None   M3u8NielsenId3 = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M3u8NielsenId3

func (M3u8NielsenId3) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8NielsenId3) Values() []M3u8NielsenId3

Values returns all known values for M3u8NielsenId3. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8PcrControl 

type M3u8PcrControl string
const (
	M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M3u8PcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
	M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M3u8PcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

Enum values for M3u8PcrControl

func (M3u8PcrControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8PcrControl) Values() []M3u8PcrControl

Values returns all known values for M3u8PcrControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8Scte35Source 

type M3u8Scte35Source string
const (
	M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough M3u8Scte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	M3u8Scte35SourceNone        M3u8Scte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M3u8Scte35Source

func (M3u8Scte35Source) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8Scte35Source) Values() []M3u8Scte35Source

Values returns all known values for M3u8Scte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8Settings 

type M3u8Settings struct {

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration M3u8AudioDuration

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
	// stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by
	// comma separation.
	AudioPids []int32

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the
	// input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 M3u8NielsenId3

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval int32

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for
	// every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
	// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M3u8PcrControl

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
	// stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as the
	// Video PID.
	PcrPid int32

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PmtInterval int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport stream.
	PmtPid int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream.
	PrivateMetadataPid int32

	// The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream.
	Scte35Pid int32

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you
	// want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output.
	// Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35
	// markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE) if you don't want
	// manifest conditioning. Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) and choose Ad markers
	// (adMarkers) if you do want manifest conditioning. In both cases, also provide
	// the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML
	// (sccXml).
	Scte35Source M3u8Scte35Source

	// Applies only to HLS outputs. Use this setting to specify whether the service
	// inserts the ID3 timed metadata from the input in this output.
	TimedMetadata TimedMetadata

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
	TimedMetadataPid int32

	// The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
	TransportStreamId int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
	VideoPid int32
}

Settings for TS segments in HLS

type MotionImageInserter 

type MotionImageInserter struct {

	// If your motion graphic asset is a .mov file, keep this setting unspecified. If
	// your motion graphic asset is a series of .png files, specify the frame rate of
	// the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify 24 fps as
	// 24/1. Make sure that the number of images in your series matches the frame rate
	// and your intended overlay duration. For example, if you want a 30-second overlay
	// at 30 fps, you should have 900 .png images. This overlay frame rate doesn't need
	// to match the frame rate of the underlying video.
	Framerate *MotionImageInsertionFramerate

	// Specify the .mov file or series of .png files that you want to overlay on your
	// video. For .png files, provide the file name of the first file in the series.
	// Make sure that the names of the .png files end with sequential numbers that
	// specify the order that they are played in. For example, overlay_000.png,
	// overlay_001.png, overlay_002.png, and so on. The sequence must start at zero,
	// and each image file name must have the same number of digits. Pad your initial
	// file names with enough zeros to complete the sequence. For example, if the first
	// image is overlay_0.png, there can be only 10 images in the sequence, with the
	// last image being overlay_9.png. But if the first image is overlay_00.png, there
	// can be 100 images in the sequence.
	Input *string

	// Choose the type of motion graphic asset that you are providing for your overlay.
	// You can choose either a .mov file or a series of .png files.
	InsertionMode MotionImageInsertionMode

	// Use Offset to specify the placement of your motion graphic overlay on the video
	// frame. Specify in pixels, from the upper-left corner of the frame. If you don't
	// specify an offset, the service scales your overlay to the full size of the
	// frame. Otherwise, the service inserts the overlay at its native resolution and
	// scales the size up or down with any video scaling.
	Offset *MotionImageInsertionOffset

	// Specify whether your motion graphic overlay repeats on a loop or plays only
	// once.
	Playback MotionImagePlayback

	// Specify when the motion overlay begins. Use timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF or
	// HH:MM:SS;FF). Make sure that the timecode you provide here takes into account
	// how you have set up your timecode configuration under both job settings and
	// input settings. The simplest way to do that is to set both to start at 0. If you
	// need to set up your job to follow timecodes embedded in your source that don't
	// start at zero, make sure that you specify a start time that is after the first
	// embedded timecode. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/setting-up-timecode.html Find
	// job-wide and input timecode configuration settings in your JSON job settings
	// specification at settings>timecodeConfig>source and
	// settings>inputs>timecodeSource.
	StartTime *string
}

Overlay motion graphics on top of your video at the time that you specify.

type MotionImageInsertionFramerate 

type MotionImageInsertionFramerate struct {

	// The bottom of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example,
	// if your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 1.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// The top of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example, if
	// your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 24.
	FramerateNumerator int32
}

For motion overlays that don't have a built-in frame rate, specify the frame rate of the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify 24 fps as 24/1. The overlay frame rate doesn't need to match the frame rate of the underlying video.

type MotionImageInsertionMode 

type MotionImageInsertionMode string
const (
	MotionImageInsertionModeMov MotionImageInsertionMode = "MOV"
	MotionImageInsertionModePng MotionImageInsertionMode = "PNG"
)

Enum values for MotionImageInsertionMode

func (MotionImageInsertionMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MotionImageInsertionMode) Values() []MotionImageInsertionMode

Values returns all known values for MotionImageInsertionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MotionImageInsertionOffset 

type MotionImageInsertionOffset struct {

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the left edge of the video
	// frame.
	ImageX int32

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the top edge of the video
	// frame.
	ImageY int32
}

Specify the offset between the upper-left corner of the video frame and the top left corner of the overlay.

type MotionImagePlayback 

type MotionImagePlayback string
const (
	MotionImagePlaybackOnce   MotionImagePlayback = "ONCE"
	MotionImagePlaybackRepeat MotionImagePlayback = "REPEAT"
)

Enum values for MotionImagePlayback

func (MotionImagePlayback) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MotionImagePlayback) Values() []MotionImagePlayback

Values returns all known values for MotionImagePlayback. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovClapAtom 

type MovClapAtom string
const (
	MovClapAtomInclude MovClapAtom = "INCLUDE"
	MovClapAtomExclude MovClapAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MovClapAtom

func (MovClapAtom) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovClapAtom) Values() []MovClapAtom

Values returns all known values for MovClapAtom. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovCslgAtom 

type MovCslgAtom string
const (
	MovCslgAtomInclude MovCslgAtom = "INCLUDE"
	MovCslgAtomExclude MovCslgAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MovCslgAtom

func (MovCslgAtom) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovCslgAtom) Values() []MovCslgAtom

Values returns all known values for MovCslgAtom. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovMpeg2FourCCControl 

type MovMpeg2FourCCControl string
const (
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "XDCAM"
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg  MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "MPEG"
)

Enum values for MovMpeg2FourCCControl

func (MovMpeg2FourCCControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovMpeg2FourCCControl) Values() []MovMpeg2FourCCControl

Values returns all known values for MovMpeg2FourCCControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovPaddingControl 

type MovPaddingControl string
const (
	MovPaddingControlOmneon MovPaddingControl = "OMNEON"
	MovPaddingControlNone   MovPaddingControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MovPaddingControl

func (MovPaddingControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovPaddingControl) Values() []MovPaddingControl

Values returns all known values for MovPaddingControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovReference 

type MovReference string
const (
	MovReferenceSelfContained MovReference = "SELF_CONTAINED"
	MovReferenceExternal      MovReference = "EXTERNAL"
)

Enum values for MovReference

func (MovReference) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovReference) Values() []MovReference

Values returns all known values for MovReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovSettings 

type MovSettings struct {

	// When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings.
	ClapAtom MovClapAtom

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in
	// the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a
	// 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1
	// amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom MovCslgAtom

	// When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using
	// XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players,
	// but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the
	// video codec is MPEG2.
	Mpeg2FourCCControl MovMpeg2FourCCControl

	// To make this output compatible with Omenon, keep the default value, OMNEON.
	// Unless you need Omneon compatibility, set this value to NONE. When you keep the
	// default value, OMNEON, MediaConvert increases the length of the edit list atom.
	// This might cause file rejections when a recipient of the output file doesn't
	// expct this extra padding.
	PaddingControl MovPaddingControl

	// Always keep the default value (SELF_CONTAINED) for this setting.
	Reference MovReference
}

Settings for MOV Container.

type Mp2Settings 

type Mp2Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.
	Bitrate int32

	// Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track.
	// Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo
	// will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
	Channels int32

	// Sample rate in hz.
	SampleRate int32
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value MP2.

type Mp3RateControlMode 

type Mp3RateControlMode string
const (
	Mp3RateControlModeCbr Mp3RateControlMode = "CBR"
	Mp3RateControlModeVbr Mp3RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for Mp3RateControlMode

func (Mp3RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mp3RateControlMode) Values() []Mp3RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Mp3RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp3Settings 

type Mp3Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on the
	// console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API,
	// valid values are 1 and 2.
	Channels int32

	// Specify whether the service encodes this MP3 audio output with a constant
	// bitrate (CBR) or a variable bitrate (VBR).
	RateControlMode Mp3RateControlMode

	// Sample rate in hz.
	SampleRate int32

	// Required when you set Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to VBR. Specify the
	// audio quality of this MP3 output from 0 (highest quality) to 9 (lowest quality).
	VbrQuality int32
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value MP3.

type Mp4CslgAtom 

type Mp4CslgAtom string
const (
	Mp4CslgAtomInclude Mp4CslgAtom = "INCLUDE"
	Mp4CslgAtomExclude Mp4CslgAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for Mp4CslgAtom

func (Mp4CslgAtom) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mp4CslgAtom) Values() []Mp4CslgAtom

Values returns all known values for Mp4CslgAtom. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp4FreeSpaceBox 

type Mp4FreeSpaceBox string
const (
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "INCLUDE"
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for Mp4FreeSpaceBox

func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) Values() []Mp4FreeSpaceBox

Values returns all known values for Mp4FreeSpaceBox. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp4MoovPlacement 

type Mp4MoovPlacement string
const (
	Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload Mp4MoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"
	Mp4MoovPlacementNormal              Mp4MoovPlacement = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for Mp4MoovPlacement

func (Mp4MoovPlacement) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mp4MoovPlacement) Values() []Mp4MoovPlacement

Values returns all known values for Mp4MoovPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp4Settings 

type Mp4Settings struct {

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration CmfcAudioDuration

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in
	// the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a
	// 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1
	// amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom Mp4CslgAtom

	// Ignore this setting unless compliance to the CTTS box version specification
	// matters in your workflow. Specify a value of 1 to set your CTTS box version to 1
	// and make your output compliant with the specification. When you specify a value
	// of 1, you must also set CSLG atom (cslgAtom) to the value INCLUDE. Keep the
	// default value 0 to set your CTTS box version to 0. This can provide backward
	// compatibility for some players and packagers.
	CttsVersion int32

	// Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box.
	FreeSpaceBox Mp4FreeSpaceBox

	// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of
	// the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed
	// normally at the end.
	MoovPlacement Mp4MoovPlacement

	// Overrides the "Major Brand" field in the output file. Usually not necessary to
	// specify.
	Mp4MajorBrand *string
}

Settings for MP4 container. You can create audio-only AAC outputs with this container.

type MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints added in v0.31.0 

type MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints string
const (
	MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsInclude MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints = "INCLUDE"
	MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsExclude MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints

func (MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints) Values() []MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints

Values returns all known values for MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdAudioDuration added in v0.31.0 

type MpdAudioDuration string
const (
	MpdAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration MpdAudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	MpdAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   MpdAudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for MpdAudioDuration

func (MpdAudioDuration) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (MpdAudioDuration) Values() []MpdAudioDuration

Values returns all known values for MpdAudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdCaptionContainerType 

type MpdCaptionContainerType string
const (
	MpdCaptionContainerTypeRaw           MpdCaptionContainerType = "RAW"
	MpdCaptionContainerTypeFragmentedMp4 MpdCaptionContainerType = "FRAGMENTED_MP4"
)

Enum values for MpdCaptionContainerType

func (MpdCaptionContainerType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MpdCaptionContainerType) Values() []MpdCaptionContainerType

Values returns all known values for MpdCaptionContainerType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdScte35Esam 

type MpdScte35Esam string
const (
	MpdScte35EsamInsert MpdScte35Esam = "INSERT"
	MpdScte35EsamNone   MpdScte35Esam = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MpdScte35Esam

func (MpdScte35Esam) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MpdScte35Esam) Values() []MpdScte35Esam

Values returns all known values for MpdScte35Esam. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdScte35Source 

type MpdScte35Source string
const (
	MpdScte35SourcePassthrough MpdScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	MpdScte35SourceNone        MpdScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MpdScte35Source

func (MpdScte35Source) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MpdScte35Source) Values() []MpdScte35Source

Values returns all known values for MpdScte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdSettings 

type MpdSettings struct {

	// Optional. Choose Include (INCLUDE) to have MediaConvert mark up your DASH
	// manifest with elements for embedded 608 captions. This markup isn't generally
	// required, but some video players require it to discover and play embedded 608
	// captions. Keep the default value, Exclude (EXCLUDE), to leave these elements
	// out. When you enable this setting, this is the markup that MediaConvert includes
	// in your manifest:
	AccessibilityCaptionHints MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration MpdAudioDuration

	// Use this setting only in DASH output groups that include sidecar TTML or IMSC
	// captions. You specify sidecar captions in a separate output from your audio and
	// video. Choose Raw (RAW) for captions in a single XML file in a raw container.
	// Choose Fragmented MPEG-4 (FRAGMENTED_MP4) for captions in XML format contained
	// within fragmented MP4 files. This set of fragmented MP4 files is separate from
	// your video and audio fragmented MP4 files.
	CaptionContainerType MpdCaptionContainerType

	// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT
	// to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify
	// in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	Scte35Esam MpdScte35Esam

	// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
	// Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your
	// input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want those
	// SCTE-35 markers in this output.
	Scte35Source MpdScte35Source
}

Settings for MP4 segments in DASH

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization 

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2CodecLevel 

type Mpeg2CodecLevel string
const (
	Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelLow      Mpeg2CodecLevel = "LOW"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelMain     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "MAIN"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH1440"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2CodecLevel

func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) Values() []Mpeg2CodecLevel

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2CodecLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2CodecProfile 

type Mpeg2CodecProfile string
const (
	Mpeg2CodecProfileMain       Mpeg2CodecProfile = "MAIN"
	Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 Mpeg2CodecProfile = "PROFILE_422"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2CodecProfile

func (Mpeg2CodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2CodecProfile) Values() []Mpeg2CodecProfile

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2CodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop 

type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop string
const (
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic   Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

func (Mpeg2DynamicSubGop) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2DynamicSubGop) Values() []Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2DynamicSubGop. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2FramerateControl 

type Mpeg2FramerateControl string
const (
	Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified            Mpeg2FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateControl

func (Mpeg2FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2FramerateControl) Values() []Mpeg2FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits 

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits string
const (
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames  Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) Values() []Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2InterlaceMode 

type Mpeg2InterlaceMode string
const (
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive       Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField          Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField       Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField    Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2InterlaceMode

func (Mpeg2InterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2InterlaceMode) Values() []Mpeg2InterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision 

type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision string
const (
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto               Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8  Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9  Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

func (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) Values() []Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2ParControl 

type Mpeg2ParControl string
const (
	Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Mpeg2ParControlSpecified            Mpeg2ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2ParControl

func (Mpeg2ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2ParControl) Values() []Mpeg2ParControl

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel 

type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass  Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

func (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) Values() []Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2RateControlMode 

type Mpeg2RateControlMode string
const (
	Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "VBR"
	Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "CBR"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2RateControlMode

func (Mpeg2RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2RateControlMode) Values() []Mpeg2RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect 

type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled  Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

func (Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) Values() []Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Settings 

type Mpeg2Settings struct {

	// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The
	// value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Spatial adaptive
	// quantization (spatialAdaptiveQuantization), and Temporal adaptive quantization
	// (temporalAdaptiveQuantization).
	AdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For MS
	// Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate int32

	// Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.
	CodecLevel Mpeg2CodecLevel

	// Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.
	CodecProfile Mpeg2CodecProfile

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based
	// on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for
	// low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you
	// provide for the setting B frames between reference frames
	// (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
	DynamicSubGop Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Mpeg2FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this
	// be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly
	// as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence int32

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize float64

	// Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds
	// the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode Mpeg2InterlaceMode

	// Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision for
	// intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service will
	// automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression ratio.
	IntraDcPrecision Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by
	// Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of
	// a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change
	// I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval.
	// The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is only used when
	// Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size +
	// Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval int32

	// Number of B-frames between reference frames.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl Mpeg2ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

	// Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate is
	// variable (vbr) or constant (cbr).
	RateControlMode Mpeg2RateControlMode

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
	SceneChangeDetect Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal Mpeg2SlowPal

	// Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires
	// a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend
	// that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the
	// setting Sharpness (sharpness) or by enabling a noise reducer filter
	// (noiseReducerFilter). The Softness (softness) setting specifies the quantization
	// matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, to use the AWS
	// Elemental default matrices. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar
	// interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction
	// of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
	Softness int32

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion
	// with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any
	// small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are
	// encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits.
	// Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note,
	// though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part
	// of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this
	// feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the
	// value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your
	// content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to
	// Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify whether this output's video uses the D10 syntax. Keep the default value
	// to not use the syntax. Related settings: When you choose D10 (D_10) for your MXF
	// profile (profile), you must also set this value to to D10 (D_10).
	Syntax Mpeg2Syntax

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or
	// soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine (HARD) produces a
	// 29.97i output. Soft telecine (SOFT) produces an output with a 23.976 output that
	// signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When
	// you keep the default value, None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate
	// conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a
	// smoother picture.
	Telecine Mpeg2Telecine

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving
	// and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For
	// example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and
	// scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve
	// your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
	// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
	// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
	// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to
	// disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization,
	// adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization
	// (adaptiveQuantization).
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value MPEG2.

type Mpeg2SlowPal 

type Mpeg2SlowPal string
const (
	Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled Mpeg2SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled  Mpeg2SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SlowPal

func (Mpeg2SlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2SlowPal) Values() []Mpeg2SlowPal

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Syntax 

type Mpeg2Syntax string
const (
	Mpeg2SyntaxDefault Mpeg2Syntax = "DEFAULT"
	Mpeg2SyntaxD10     Mpeg2Syntax = "D_10"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2Syntax

func (Mpeg2Syntax) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2Syntax) Values() []Mpeg2Syntax

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2Syntax. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Telecine 

type Mpeg2Telecine string
const (
	Mpeg2TelecineNone Mpeg2Telecine = "NONE"
	Mpeg2TelecineSoft Mpeg2Telecine = "SOFT"
	Mpeg2TelecineHard Mpeg2Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2Telecine

func (Mpeg2Telecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2Telecine) Values() []Mpeg2Telecine

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization 

type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest 

type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your Microsoft Smooth
	// group is film-name.ismv. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the
	// file name the service generates for this top-level manifest is
	// film-name-no-premium.ismv.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
}

Specify the details for each additional Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication 

type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication string
const (
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS"
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone                    MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

func (MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) Values() []MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

Values returns all known values for MsSmoothAudioDeduplication. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings 

type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings struct {

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider
}

If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.

type MsSmoothGroupSettings 

type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct {

	// By default, the service creates one .ism Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest for
	// each Microsoft Smooth Streaming output group in your job. This default manifest
	// references every output in the output group. To create additional manifests that
	// reference a subset of the outputs in the output group, specify a list of them
	// here.
	AdditionalManifests []MsSmoothAdditionalManifest

	// COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across a
	// Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream.
	AudioDeduplication MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify the
	// value SpekeKeyProvider.
	Encryption *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings

	// Use Fragment length (FragmentLength) to specify the mp4 fragment sizes in
	// seconds. Fragment length must be compatible with GOP size and frame rate.
	FragmentLength int32

	// Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding format
	// for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.
	ManifestEncoding MsSmoothManifestEncoding
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS.

type MsSmoothManifestEncoding 

type MsSmoothManifestEncoding string
const (
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8  MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF8"
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF16"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothManifestEncoding

func (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) Values() []MsSmoothManifestEncoding

Values returns all known values for MsSmoothManifestEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfAfdSignaling 

type MxfAfdSignaling string
const (
	MxfAfdSignalingNoCopy        MxfAfdSignaling = "NO_COPY"
	MxfAfdSignalingCopyFromVideo MxfAfdSignaling = "COPY_FROM_VIDEO"
)

Enum values for MxfAfdSignaling

func (MxfAfdSignaling) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MxfAfdSignaling) Values() []MxfAfdSignaling

Values returns all known values for MxfAfdSignaling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfProfile added in v0.29.0 

type MxfProfile string
const (
	MxfProfileD10   MxfProfile = "D_10"
	MxfProfileXdcam MxfProfile = "XDCAM"
	MxfProfileOp1a  MxfProfile = "OP1A"
)

Enum values for MxfProfile

func (MxfProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MxfProfile) Values() []MxfProfile

Values returns all known values for MxfProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfSettings 

type MxfSettings struct {

	// Optional. When you have AFD signaling set up in your output video stream, use
	// this setting to choose whether to also include it in the MXF wrapper. Choose
	// Don't copy (NO_COPY) to exclude AFD signaling from the MXF wrapper. Choose Copy
	// from video stream (COPY_FROM_VIDEO) to copy the AFD values from the video stream
	// for this output to the MXF wrapper. Regardless of which option you choose, the
	// AFD values remain in the video stream. Related settings: To set up your output
	// to include or exclude AFD values, see AfdSignaling, under VideoDescription. On
	// the console, find AFD signaling under the output's video encoding settings.
	AfdSignaling MxfAfdSignaling

	// Specify the MXF profile, also called shim, for this output. When you choose
	// Auto, MediaConvert chooses a profile based on the video codec and resolution.
	// For a list of codecs supported with each MXF profile, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/codecs-supported-with-each-mxf-profile.html.
	// For more information about the automatic selection behavior, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/default-automatic-selection-of-mxf-profiles.html.
	Profile MxfProfile
}

MXF settings

type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings 

type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings struct {

	// Use the base64 license string that Nagra provides you. Enter it directly in your
	// JSON job specification or in the console. Required when you include Nagra
	// NexGuard File Marker watermarking (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job.
	License *string

	// Specify the payload ID that you want associated with this output. Valid values
	// vary depending on your Nagra NexGuard forensic watermarking workflow. Required
	// when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking
	// (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job. For PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2),
	// specify an integer from 1 through 4,194,303. You must generate a unique ID for
	// each asset you watermark, and keep a record of which ID you have assigned to
	// each asset. Neither Nagra nor MediaConvert keep track of the relationship
	// between output files and your IDs. For OTT Streaming, create two adaptive
	// bitrate (ABR) stacks for each asset. Do this by setting up two output groups.
	// For one output group, set the value of Payload ID (payload) to 0 in every
	// output. For the other output group, set Payload ID (payload) to 1 in every
	// output.
	Payload int32

	// Enter one of the watermarking preset strings that Nagra provides you. Required
	// when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking
	// (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job.
	Preset *string

	// Optional. Ignore this setting unless Nagra support directs you to specify a
	// value. When you don't specify a value here, the Nagra NexGuard library uses its
	// default value.
	Strength WatermarkingStrength
}

For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2) and OTT Streaming workflows.

type NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType added in v0.29.0 

type NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType string
const (
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNw        NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType = "NAES2_AND_NW"
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeCbet              NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType = "CBET"
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNwAndCbet NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType = "NAES2_AND_NW_AND_CBET"
)

Enum values for NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType

func (NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType) Values() []NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType

Values returns all known values for NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenConfiguration 

type NielsenConfiguration struct {

	// Nielsen has discontinued the use of breakout code functionality. If you must
	// include this property, set the value to zero.
	BreakoutCode int32

	// Use Distributor ID (DistributorID) to specify the distributor ID that is
	// assigned to your organization by Neilsen.
	DistributorId *string
}

Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the setting.

type NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings added in v0.29.0 

type NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings struct {

	// Choose the type of Nielsen watermarks that you want in your outputs. When you
	// choose NAES 2 and NW (NAES2_AND_NW), you must provide a value for the setting
	// SID (sourceId). When you choose CBET (CBET), you must provide a value for the
	// setting CSID (cbetSourceId). When you choose NAES 2, NW, and CBET
	// (NAES2_AND_NW_AND_CBET), you must provide values for both of these settings.
	ActiveWatermarkProcess NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType

	// Optional. Use this setting when you want the service to include an ADI file in
	// the Nielsen metadata .zip file. To provide an ADI file, store it in Amazon S3
	// and provide a URL to it here. The URL should be in the following format:
	// S3://bucket/path/ADI-file. For more information about the metadata .zip file,
	// see the setting Metadata destination (metadataDestination).
	AdiFilename *string

	// Use the asset ID that you provide to Nielsen to uniquely identify this asset.
	// Required for all Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	AssetId *string

	// Use the asset name that you provide to Nielsen for this asset. Required for all
	// Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	AssetName *string

	// Use the CSID that Nielsen provides to you. This CBET source ID should be unique
	// to your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets that have CBET
	// watermarking. Required when you choose a value for the setting Watermark types
	// (ActiveWatermarkProcess) that includes CBET.
	CbetSourceId *string

	// Optional. If this asset uses an episode ID with Nielsen, provide it here.
	EpisodeId *string

	// Specify the Amazon S3 location where you want MediaConvert to save your Nielsen
	// non-linear metadata .zip file. This Amazon S3 bucket must be in the same Region
	// as the one where you do your MediaConvert transcoding. If you want to include an
	// ADI file in this .zip file, use the setting ADI file (adiFilename) to specify
	// it. MediaConvert delivers the Nielsen metadata .zip files only to your metadata
	// destination Amazon S3 bucket. It doesn't deliver the .zip files to Nielsen. You
	// are responsible for delivering the metadata .zip files to Nielsen.
	MetadataDestination *string

	// Use the SID that Nielsen provides to you. This source ID should be unique to
	// your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets. Required for all
	// Nielsen non-linear watermarking. This ID should be unique to your Nielsen
	// account but common to all of your output assets. Required for all Nielsen
	// non-linear watermarking.
	SourceId int32

	// Required. Specify whether your source content already contains Nielsen
	// non-linear watermarks. When you set this value to Watermarked (WATERMARKED), the
	// service fails the job. Nielsen requires that you add non-linear watermarking to
	// only clean content that doesn't already have non-linear Nielsen watermarks.
	SourceWatermarkStatus NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType

	// Specify the endpoint for the TIC server that you have deployed and configured in
	// the AWS Cloud. Required for all Nielsen non-linear watermarking. MediaConvert
	// can't connect directly to a TIC server. Instead, you must use API Gateway to
	// provide a RESTful interface between MediaConvert and a TIC server that you
	// deploy in your AWS account. For more information on deploying a TIC server in
	// your AWS account and the required API Gateway, contact Nielsen support.
	TicServerUrl *string

	// To create assets that have the same TIC values in each audio track, keep the
	// default value Share TICs (SAME_TICS_PER_TRACK). To create assets that have
	// unique TIC values for each audio track, choose Use unique TICs
	// (RESERVE_UNIQUE_TICS_PER_TRACK).
	UniqueTicPerAudioTrack NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType
}

Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking. Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen watermarks in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you also need to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output in your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 5.2.1 Nielsen NLM Watermark Engine Version 1.2.7 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [5.0.0]

type NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType added in v0.29.0 

type NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType string
const (
	NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeClean       NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType = "CLEAN"
	NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeWatermarked NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType = "WATERMARKED"
)

Enum values for NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType

func (NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType) Values() []NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType

Values returns all known values for NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType added in v0.29.0 

type NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType string
const (
	NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeReserveUniqueTicsPerTrack NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType = "RESERVE_UNIQUE_TICS_PER_TRACK"
	NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeSameTicsPerTrack          NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType = "SAME_TICS_PER_TRACK"
)

Enum values for NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType

func (NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType) Values() []NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType

Values returns all known values for NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening 

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening string
const (
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningDisabled NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "DISABLED"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningEnabled  NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "ENABLED"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningAuto     NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening

func (NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening) Values() []NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening

Values returns all known values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseReducer 

type NoiseReducer struct {

	// Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following
	// spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable
	// Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral preserves edges while reducing noise.
	// * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution
	// filtering. * Conserve does min/max noise reduction. * Spatial does
	// frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles. * Temporal optimizes video
	// quality for complex motion.
	Filter NoiseReducerFilter

	// Settings for a noise reducer filter
	FilterSettings *NoiseReducerFilterSettings

	// Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.
	SpatialFilterSettings *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings

	// Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.
	TemporalFilterSettings *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings
}

Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise reducer (NoiseReducer), you must also select a value for Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter).

type NoiseReducerFilter 

type NoiseReducerFilter string
const (
	NoiseReducerFilterBilateral NoiseReducerFilter = "BILATERAL"
	NoiseReducerFilterMean      NoiseReducerFilter = "MEAN"
	NoiseReducerFilterGaussian  NoiseReducerFilter = "GAUSSIAN"
	NoiseReducerFilterLanczos   NoiseReducerFilter = "LANCZOS"
	NoiseReducerFilterSharpen   NoiseReducerFilter = "SHARPEN"
	NoiseReducerFilterConserve  NoiseReducerFilter = "CONSERVE"
	NoiseReducerFilterSpatial   NoiseReducerFilter = "SPATIAL"
	NoiseReducerFilterTemporal  NoiseReducerFilter = "TEMPORAL"
)

Enum values for NoiseReducerFilter

func (NoiseReducerFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NoiseReducerFilter) Values() []NoiseReducerFilter

Values returns all known values for NoiseReducerFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseReducerFilterSettings 

type NoiseReducerFilterSettings struct {

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength int32
}

Settings for a noise reducer filter

type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings 

type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings struct {

	// Specify strength of post noise reduction sharpening filter, with 0 disabling the
	// filter and 3 enabling it at maximum strength.
	PostFilterSharpenStrength int32

	// The speed of the filter, from -2 (lower speed) to 3 (higher speed), with 0 being
	// the nominal value.
	Speed int32

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength int32
}

Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.

type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings 

type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings struct {

	// Use Aggressive mode for content that has complex motion. Higher values produce
	// stronger temporal filtering. This filters highly complex scenes more
	// aggressively and creates better VQ for low bitrate outputs.
	AggressiveMode int32

	// Optional. When you set Noise reducer (noiseReducer) to Temporal (TEMPORAL), you
	// can use this setting to apply sharpening. The default behavior, Auto (AUTO),
	// allows the transcoder to determine whether to apply filtering, depending on
	// input type and quality. When you set Noise reducer to Temporal, your output
	// bandwidth is reduced. When Post temporal sharpening is also enabled, that
	// bandwidth reduction is smaller.
	PostTemporalSharpening NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening

	// The speed of the filter (higher number is faster). Low setting reduces bit rate
	// at the cost of transcode time, high setting improves transcode time at the cost
	// of bit rate.
	Speed int32

	// Specify the strength of the noise reducing filter on this output. Higher values
	// produce stronger filtering. We recommend the following value ranges, depending
	// on the result that you want: * 0-2 for complexity reduction with minimal
	// sharpness loss * 2-8 for complexity reduction with image preservation * 8-16 for
	// a high level of complexity reduction
	Strength int32
}

Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.

type NotFoundException 

type NotFoundException struct {
	Message *string
}

The resource you requested doesn't exist.

func (*NotFoundException) Error 

func (e *NotFoundException) Error() string

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorCode 

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorCode() string

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorFault 

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorMessage() string

type OpusSettings 

type OpusSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid values are
	// multiples of 8000, from 32000 through 192000. The default value is 96000, which
	// we recommend for quality and bandwidth.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on the
	// console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API,
	// valid values are 1 and 2.
	Channels int32

	// Optional. Sample rate in hz. Valid values are 16000, 24000, and 48000. The
	// default value is 48000.
	SampleRate int32
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value OPUS.

type Order 

type Order string
const (
	OrderAscending  Order = "ASCENDING"
	OrderDescending Order = "DESCENDING"
)

Enum values for Order

func (Order) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Order) Values() []Order

Values returns all known values for Order. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Output 

type Output struct {

	// (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by
	// audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output.
	// (AudioDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription

	// (CaptionDescriptions) contains groups of captions settings. For each output that
	// has captions, include one instance of (CaptionDescriptions).
	// (CaptionDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of captions settings.
	CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescription

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings

	// Use Extension (Extension) to specify the file extension for outputs in File
	// output groups. If you do not specify a value, the service will use default
	// extensions by container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts *
	// Quicktime, mov * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * WebM container,
	// webm * No Container, the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265,
	// H265, AC3)
	Extension *string

	// Use Name modifier (NameModifier) to have the service add a string to the end of
	// each output filename. You specify the base filename as part of your destination
	// URI. When you create multiple outputs in the same output group, Name modifier
	// (NameModifier) is required. Name modifier also accepts format identifiers. For
	// DASH ISO outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$ or $Time$ in one
	// output, you must use them in the same way in all outputs of the output group.
	NameModifier *string

	// Specific settings for this type of output.
	OutputSettings *OutputSettings

	// Use Preset (Preset) to specifiy a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide
	// the system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset (Preset) or
	// Container settings (ContainerSettings), but not both.
	Preset *string

	// (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific
	// video settings depend on the video codec that you choose when you specify a
	// value for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per
	// output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription
}

An output object describes the settings for a single output file or stream in an output group.

type OutputChannelMapping 

type OutputChannelMapping struct {

	// List of input channels
	InputChannels []int32
}

OutputChannel mapping settings.

type OutputDetail 

type OutputDetail struct {

	// Duration in milliseconds
	DurationInMs int32

	// Contains details about the output's video stream
	VideoDetails *VideoDetail
}

Details regarding output

type OutputGroup 

type OutputGroup struct {

	// Use automated encoding to have MediaConvert choose your encoding settings for
	// you, based on characteristics of your input video.
	AutomatedEncodingSettings *AutomatedEncodingSettings

	// Use Custom Group Name (CustomName) to specify a name for the output group. This
	// value is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON more
	// human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters
	// that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores.
	CustomName *string

	// Name of the output group
	Name *string

	// Output Group settings, including type
	OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings

	// This object holds groups of encoding settings, one group of settings per output.
	Outputs []Output
}

Group of outputs

type OutputGroupDetail 

type OutputGroupDetail struct {

	// Details about the output
	OutputDetails []OutputDetail
}

Contains details about the output groups specified in the job settings.

type OutputGroupSettings 

type OutputGroupSettings struct {

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS. Each output in a CMAF Output Group may only contain a
	// single video, audio, or caption output.
	CmafGroupSettings *CmafGroupSettings

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	DashIsoGroupSettings *DashIsoGroupSettings

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	FileGroupSettings *FileGroupSettings

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings

	// Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming, CMAF)
	Type OutputGroupType
}

Output Group settings, including type

type OutputGroupType 

type OutputGroupType string
const (
	OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings      OutputGroupType = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings  OutputGroupType = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings     OutputGroupType = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings OutputGroupType = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeCmafGroupSettings     OutputGroupType = "CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS"
)

Enum values for OutputGroupType

func (OutputGroupType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (OutputGroupType) Values() []OutputGroupType

Values returns all known values for OutputGroupType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type OutputSdt 

type OutputSdt string
const (
	OutputSdtSdtFollow          OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW"
	OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT"
	OutputSdtSdtManual          OutputSdt = "SDT_MANUAL"
	OutputSdtSdtNone            OutputSdt = "SDT_NONE"
)

Enum values for OutputSdt

func (OutputSdt) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (OutputSdt) Values() []OutputSdt

Values returns all known values for OutputSdt. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type OutputSettings 

type OutputSettings struct {

	// Settings for HLS output groups
	HlsSettings *HlsSettings
}

Specific settings for this type of output.

type PartnerWatermarking 

type PartnerWatermarking struct {

	// For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File
	// Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2) and
	// OTT Streaming workflows.
	NexguardFileMarkerSettings *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings
}

If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group of settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks in your output.

type Preset 

type Preset struct {

	// A name you create for each preset. Each name must be unique within your account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Settings for preset
	//
	// This member is required.
	Settings *PresetSettings

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// An optional category you create to organize your presets.
	Category *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for preset creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An optional description you create for each preset.
	Description *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the preset was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time

	// A preset can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in preset can't
	// be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type Type
}

A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.

type PresetListBy 

type PresetListBy string
const (
	PresetListByName         PresetListBy = "NAME"
	PresetListByCreationDate PresetListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
	PresetListBySystem       PresetListBy = "SYSTEM"
)

Enum values for PresetListBy

func (PresetListBy) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (PresetListBy) Values() []PresetListBy

Values returns all known values for PresetListBy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type PresetSettings 

type PresetSettings struct {

	// (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by
	// audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output.
	// (AudioDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription

	// Caption settings for this preset. There can be multiple caption settings in a
	// single output.
	CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescriptionPreset

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings

	// (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific
	// video settings depend on the video codec that you choose when you specify a
	// value for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per
	// output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription
}

Settings for preset

type PricingPlan 

type PricingPlan string
const (
	PricingPlanOnDemand PricingPlan = "ON_DEMAND"
	PricingPlanReserved PricingPlan = "RESERVED"
)

Enum values for PricingPlan

func (PricingPlan) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (PricingPlan) Values() []PricingPlan

Values returns all known values for PricingPlan. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresCodecProfile 

type ProresCodecProfile string
const (
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422      ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq    ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt    ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY"
)

Enum values for ProresCodecProfile

func (ProresCodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresCodecProfile) Values() []ProresCodecProfile

Values returns all known values for ProresCodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresFramerateControl 

type ProresFramerateControl string
const (
	ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource ProresFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	ProresFramerateControlSpecified            ProresFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for ProresFramerateControl

func (ProresFramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresFramerateControl) Values() []ProresFramerateControl

Values returns all known values for ProresFramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresInterlaceMode 

type ProresInterlaceMode string
const (
	ProresInterlaceModeProgressive       ProresInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	ProresInterlaceModeTopField          ProresInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeBottomField       ProresInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField    ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for ProresInterlaceMode

func (ProresInterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresInterlaceMode) Values() []ProresInterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for ProresInterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresParControl 

type ProresParControl string
const (
	ProresParControlInitializeFromSource ProresParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	ProresParControlSpecified            ProresParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for ProresParControl

func (ProresParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresParControl) Values() []ProresParControl

Values returns all known values for ProresParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresSettings 

type ProresSettings struct {

	// Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec to
	// use for this output.
	CodecProfile ProresCodecProfile

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl ProresFramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode ProresInterlaceMode

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl ProresParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal ProresSlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine (HARD) to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
	// None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
	// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine ProresTelecine
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value PRORES.

type ProresSlowPal 

type ProresSlowPal string
const (
	ProresSlowPalDisabled ProresSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	ProresSlowPalEnabled  ProresSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for ProresSlowPal

func (ProresSlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresSlowPal) Values() []ProresSlowPal

Values returns all known values for ProresSlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresTelecine 

type ProresTelecine string
const (
	ProresTelecineNone ProresTelecine = "NONE"
	ProresTelecineHard ProresTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for ProresTelecine

func (ProresTelecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresTelecine) Values() []ProresTelecine

Values returns all known values for ProresTelecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Queue 

type Queue struct {

	// A name that you create for each queue. Each name must be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you created the queue.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An optional description that you create for each queue.
	Description *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you most recently updated the queue.
	LastUpdated *time.Time

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved. For
	// on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For reserved,
	// you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless of how much
	// or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month commitment.
	PricingPlan PricingPlan

	// The estimated number of jobs with a PROGRESSING status.
	ProgressingJobsCount int32

	// Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
	// queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
	ReservationPlan *ReservationPlan

	// Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, the service won't begin
	// processing jobs in that queue. Jobs that are running when you pause the queue
	// continue to run until they finish or result in an error.
	Status QueueStatus

	// The estimated number of jobs with a SUBMITTED status.
	SubmittedJobsCount int32

	// Specifies whether this on-demand queue is system or custom. System queues are
	// built in. You can't modify or delete system queues. You can create and modify
	// custom queues.
	Type Type
}

You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.

type QueueListBy 

type QueueListBy string
const (
	QueueListByName         QueueListBy = "NAME"
	QueueListByCreationDate QueueListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
)

Enum values for QueueListBy

func (QueueListBy) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (QueueListBy) Values() []QueueListBy

Values returns all known values for QueueListBy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type QueueStatus 

type QueueStatus string
const (
	QueueStatusActive QueueStatus = "ACTIVE"
	QueueStatusPaused QueueStatus = "PAUSED"
)

Enum values for QueueStatus

func (QueueStatus) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (QueueStatus) Values() []QueueStatus

Values returns all known values for QueueStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type QueueTransition 

type QueueTransition struct {

	// The queue that the job was on after the transition.
	DestinationQueue *string

	// The queue that the job was on before the transition.
	SourceQueue *string

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that the job moved from the source queue to the
	// destination queue.
	Timestamp *time.Time
}

Description of the source and destination queues between which the job has moved, along with the timestamp of the move

type Rectangle 

type Rectangle struct {

	// Height of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Height int32

	// Width of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Width int32

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the left edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	X int32

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the top edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	Y int32
}

Use Rectangle to identify a specific area of the video frame.

type RemixSettings 

type RemixSettings struct {

	// Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the
	// remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within
	// the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel
	// unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification).
	ChannelMapping *ChannelMapping

	// Specify the number of audio channels from your input that you want to use in
	// your output. With remixing, you might combine or split the data in these
	// channels, so the number of channels in your final output might be different.
	ChannelsIn int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output after remixing. Valid values: 1,
	// 2, 4, 6, 8... 64. (1 and even numbers to 64.)
	ChannelsOut int32
}

Use Manual audio remixing (RemixSettings) to adjust audio levels for each audio channel in each output of your job. With audio remixing, you can output more or fewer audio channels than your input audio source provides.

type RenewalType 

type RenewalType string
const (
	RenewalTypeAutoRenew RenewalType = "AUTO_RENEW"
	RenewalTypeExpire    RenewalType = "EXPIRE"
)

Enum values for RenewalType

func (RenewalType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (RenewalType) Values() []RenewalType

Values returns all known values for RenewalType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationPlan 

type ReservationPlan struct {

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	Commitment Commitment

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when the current pricing plan term for this
	// reserved queue expires.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you set up the current pricing plan for
	// this reserved queue.
	PurchasedAt *time.Time

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term.
	RenewalType RenewalType

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel; each
	// RTS can process one job at a time. When you increase this number, you extend
	// your existing commitment with a new 12-month commitment for a larger number of
	// RTS. The new commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You
	// can't decrease the number of RTS in your reserved queue.
	ReservedSlots int32

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for your reserved queue is ACTIVE or EXPIRED.
	Status ReservationPlanStatus
}

Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.

type ReservationPlanSettings 

type ReservationPlanSettings struct {

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Commitment Commitment

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term. When your term
	// is auto renewed, you extend your commitment by 12 months from the auto renew
	// date. You can cancel this commitment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RenewalType RenewalType

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel; each
	// RTS can process one job at a time. You can't decrease the number of RTS in your
	// reserved queue. You can increase the number of RTS by extending your existing
	// commitment with a new 12-month commitment for the larger number. The new
	// commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You can't cancel
	// your commitment or revert to your original commitment after you increase the
	// capacity.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedSlots int32
}

Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.

type ReservationPlanStatus 

type ReservationPlanStatus string
const (
	ReservationPlanStatusActive  ReservationPlanStatus = "ACTIVE"
	ReservationPlanStatusExpired ReservationPlanStatus = "EXPIRED"
)

Enum values for ReservationPlanStatus

func (ReservationPlanStatus) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationPlanStatus) Values() []ReservationPlanStatus

Values returns all known values for ReservationPlanStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ResourceTags 

type ResourceTags struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
	Arn *string

	// The tags for the resource.
	Tags map[string]string
}

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and tags for an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.

type RespondToAfd 

type RespondToAfd string
const (
	RespondToAfdNone        RespondToAfd = "NONE"
	RespondToAfdRespond     RespondToAfd = "RESPOND"
	RespondToAfdPassthrough RespondToAfd = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for RespondToAfd

func (RespondToAfd) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (RespondToAfd) Values() []RespondToAfd

Values returns all known values for RespondToAfd. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type S3DestinationAccessControl 

type S3DestinationAccessControl struct {

	// Choose an Amazon S3 canned ACL for MediaConvert to apply to this output.
	CannedAcl S3ObjectCannedAcl
}

Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control for the outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3 automatically applies the default access control list PRIVATE.

type S3DestinationSettings 

type S3DestinationSettings struct {

	// Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control for the
	// outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3 automatically
	// applies the default access control list PRIVATE.
	AccessControl *S3DestinationAccessControl

	// Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon
	// S3.
	Encryption *S3EncryptionSettings
}

Settings associated with S3 destination

type S3EncryptionSettings 

type S3EncryptionSettings struct {

	// Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt your
	// content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer master key
	// (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your encrypted content.
	// Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages the CMK. For simplest set
	// up, choose Amazon S3 (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3). If you want your master key to
	// be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS
	// (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). By default, when you choose AWS KMS, KMS uses the
	// AWS managed customer master key (CMK) associated with Amazon S3 to encrypt your
	// data keys. You can optionally choose to specify a different, customer managed
	// CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the key for the
	// setting KMS ARN (kmsKeyArn).
	EncryptionType S3ServerSideEncryptionType

	// Optionally, specify the customer master key (CMK) that you want to use to
	// encrypt the data key that AWS uses to encrypt your output content. Enter the
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. To use this setting, you must also set
	// Server-side encryption (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) to AWS KMS
	// (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). If you set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS but
	// don't specify a CMK here, AWS uses the AWS managed CMK associated with Amazon
	// S3.
	KmsKeyArn *string
}

Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon S3.

type S3ObjectCannedAcl 

type S3ObjectCannedAcl string
const (
	S3ObjectCannedAclPublicRead             S3ObjectCannedAcl = "PUBLIC_READ"
	S3ObjectCannedAclAuthenticatedRead      S3ObjectCannedAcl = "AUTHENTICATED_READ"
	S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerRead        S3ObjectCannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_READ"
	S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerFullControl S3ObjectCannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_FULL_CONTROL"
)

Enum values for S3ObjectCannedAcl

func (S3ObjectCannedAcl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (S3ObjectCannedAcl) Values() []S3ObjectCannedAcl

Values returns all known values for S3ObjectCannedAcl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type S3ServerSideEncryptionType 

type S3ServerSideEncryptionType string
const (
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionS3  S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3"
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionKms S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS"
)

Enum values for S3ServerSideEncryptionType

func (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) Values() []S3ServerSideEncryptionType

Values returns all known values for S3ServerSideEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ScalingBehavior 

type ScalingBehavior string
const (
	ScalingBehaviorDefault         ScalingBehavior = "DEFAULT"
	ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput ScalingBehavior = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT"
)

Enum values for ScalingBehavior

func (ScalingBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ScalingBehavior) Values() []ScalingBehavior

Values returns all known values for ScalingBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SccDestinationFramerate 

type SccDestinationFramerate string
const (
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397             SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_23_97"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24               SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_24"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate25               SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_25"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe    SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME"
)

Enum values for SccDestinationFramerate

func (SccDestinationFramerate) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SccDestinationFramerate) Values() []SccDestinationFramerate

Values returns all known values for SccDestinationFramerate. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SccDestinationSettings 

type SccDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and the
	// video are synchronized in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the
	// frame rate of the associated video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose
	// 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has
	// video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97
	// non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME).
	Framerate SccDestinationFramerate
}

Settings for SCC caption output.

type SimulateReservedQueue 

type SimulateReservedQueue string
const (
	SimulateReservedQueueDisabled SimulateReservedQueue = "DISABLED"
	SimulateReservedQueueEnabled  SimulateReservedQueue = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for SimulateReservedQueue

func (SimulateReservedQueue) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SimulateReservedQueue) Values() []SimulateReservedQueue

Values returns all known values for SimulateReservedQueue. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SpekeKeyProvider 

type SpekeKeyProvider struct {

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides to
	// MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string

	// Relates to SPEKE implementation. DRM system identifiers. DASH output groups
	// support a max of two system ids. Other group types support one system id. See
	// https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/ for more details.
	SystemIds []string

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string
}

If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.

type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf 

type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf struct {

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides to
	// MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string

	// Specify the DRM system IDs that you want signaled in the DASH manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The DASH manifest can
	// currently signal up to three system IDs. For more information, see
	// https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	DashSignaledSystemIds []string

	// Specify the DRM system ID that you want signaled in the HLS manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The HLS manifest can
	// currently signal only one system ID. For more information, see
	// https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	HlsSignaledSystemIds []string

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string
}

If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.

type StaticKeyProvider 

type StaticKeyProvider struct {

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Sets the value of the KEYFORMAT attribute. Must
	// be 'identity' or a reverse DNS string. May be omitted to indicate an implicit
	// value of 'identity'.
	KeyFormat *string

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Either a single positive integer version value or
	// a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3).
	KeyFormatVersions *string

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify
	// Key Value (StaticKeyValue).
	StaticKeyValue *string

	// Relates to DRM implementation. The location of the license server used for
	// protecting content.
	Url *string
}

Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.

type StatusUpdateInterval 

type StatusUpdateInterval string
const (
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds10  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_10"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds12  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_12"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds15  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_15"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds20  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_20"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds30  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_30"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds60  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_60"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds120 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_120"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds180 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_180"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds240 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_240"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds300 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_300"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds360 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_360"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds420 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_420"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds480 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_480"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds540 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_540"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds600 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_600"
)

Enum values for StatusUpdateInterval

func (StatusUpdateInterval) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (StatusUpdateInterval) Values() []StatusUpdateInterval

Values returns all known values for StatusUpdateInterval. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TeletextDestinationSettings 

type TeletextDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set pageNumber to the Teletext page number for the destination captions for this
	// output. This value must be a three-digit hexadecimal string; strings ending in
	// -FF are invalid. If you are passing through the entire set of Teletext data, do
	// not use this field.
	PageNumber *string

	// Specify the page types for this Teletext page. If you don't specify a value
	// here, the service sets the page type to the default value Subtitle
	// (PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE). If you pass through the entire set of Teletext data, don't
	// use this field. When you pass through a set of Teletext pages, your output has
	// the same page types as your input.
	PageTypes []TeletextPageType
}

Settings for Teletext caption output

type TeletextPageType 

type TeletextPageType string
const (
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeInitial                 TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_INITIAL"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeSubtitle                TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeAddlInfo                TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_ADDL_INFO"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeProgramSchedule         TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_PROGRAM_SCHEDULE"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeHearingImpairedSubtitle TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED_SUBTITLE"
)

Enum values for TeletextPageType

func (TeletextPageType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TeletextPageType) Values() []TeletextPageType

Values returns all known values for TeletextPageType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TeletextSourceSettings 

type TeletextSourceSettings struct {

	// Use Page Number (PageNumber) to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page number
	// that will be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if you are
	// passing through teletext from the input source to output.
	PageNumber *string
}

Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.

type TimecodeBurnin 

type TimecodeBurnin struct {

	// Use Font Size (FontSize) to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. Valid
	// values are 10, 16, 32, 48.
	FontSize int32

	// Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to specify
	// the location the burned-in timecode on output video.
	Position TimecodeBurninPosition

	// Use Prefix (Prefix) to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. For
	// example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". Provide
	// either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The supported
	// range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, numbers, and
	// all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard.
	Prefix *string
}

Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified prefix into the output.

type TimecodeBurninPosition 

type TimecodeBurninPosition string
const (
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter    TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft      TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight     TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_RIGHT"
)

Enum values for TimecodeBurninPosition

func (TimecodeBurninPosition) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TimecodeBurninPosition) Values() []TimecodeBurninPosition

Values returns all known values for TimecodeBurninPosition. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimecodeConfig 

type TimecodeConfig struct {

	// If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor
	// Timecode (Anchor) to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame to
	// the output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or
	// (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores frame rate conversion. System behavior for
	// Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Source (TimecodeSource). *
	// If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART), the first
	// input frame is the specified value in Start Timecode (Start). Anchor Timecode
	// (Anchor) and Start Timecode (Start) are used calculate output timecode. * If
	// Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) the first frame is
	// 00:00:00:00. * If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Embedded (EMBEDDED), the
	// first frame is the timecode value on the first input frame of the input.
	Anchor *string

	// Use Source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To
	// make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and
	// that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the
	// Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour
	// format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) - Use the timecode
	// that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the
	// service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set
	// the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start
	// (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to a value other than
	// zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this value.
	Source TimecodeSource

	// Only use when you set Source (TimecodeSource) to Specified start
	// (SPECIFIEDSTART). Use Start timecode (Start) to specify the timecode for the
	// initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or
	// (HH:MM:SS;FF).
	Start *string

	// Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Timestamp
	// offset (TimestampOffset) to overwrite the timecode date without affecting the
	// time and frame number. Provide the new date as a string in the format
	// "yyyy-mm-dd". To use Time stamp offset, you must also enable Insert
	// program-date-time (InsertProgramDateTime) in the output settings. For example,
	// if the date part of your timecodes is 2002-1-25 and you want to change it to one
	// year later, set Timestamp offset (TimestampOffset) to 2003-1-25.
	TimestampOffset *string
}

These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job. These settings don't affect input clipping.

type TimecodeSource 

type TimecodeSource string
const (
	TimecodeSourceEmbedded       TimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED"
	TimecodeSourceZerobased      TimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"
	TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart TimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Enum values for TimecodeSource

func (TimecodeSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TimecodeSource) Values() []TimecodeSource

Values returns all known values for TimecodeSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimedMetadata 

type TimedMetadata string
const (
	TimedMetadataPassthrough TimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	TimedMetadataNone        TimedMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for TimedMetadata

func (TimedMetadata) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TimedMetadata) Values() []TimedMetadata

Values returns all known values for TimedMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimedMetadataInsertion 

type TimedMetadataInsertion struct {

	// Id3Insertions contains the array of Id3Insertion instances.
	Id3Insertions []Id3Insertion
}

Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags in any HLS outputs. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion) objects.

type Timing 

type Timing struct {

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that the transcoding job finished
	FinishTime *time.Time

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that transcoding for the job began.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that you submitted the job.
	SubmitTime *time.Time
}

Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified in Unix epoch format in seconds.

type TooManyRequestsException 

type TooManyRequestsException struct {
	Message *string
}

Too many requests have been sent in too short of a time. The service limits the rate at which it will accept requests.

func (*TooManyRequestsException) Error 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode() string

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage() string

type TrackSourceSettings 

type TrackSourceSettings struct {

	// Use this setting to select a single captions track from a source. Track numbers
	// correspond to the order in the captions source file. For IMF sources, track
	// numbering is based on the order that the captions appear in the CPL. For
	// example, use 1 to select the captions asset that is listed first in the CPL. To
	// include more than one captions track in your job outputs, create multiple input
	// captions selectors. Specify one track per selector.
	TrackNumber int32
}

Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number. Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption source is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead of TrackSourceSettings.

type TtmlDestinationSettings 

type TtmlDestinationSettings struct {

	// Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source (TTML,
	// SMPTE-TT) to the TTML output.
	StylePassthrough TtmlStylePassthrough
}

Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information (TtmlStylePassthrough).

type TtmlStylePassthrough 

type TtmlStylePassthrough string
const (
	TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled  TtmlStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled TtmlStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for TtmlStylePassthrough

func (TtmlStylePassthrough) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TtmlStylePassthrough) Values() []TtmlStylePassthrough

Values returns all known values for TtmlStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Type 

type Type string
const (
	TypeSystem Type = "SYSTEM"
	TypeCustom Type = "CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for Type

func (Type) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Type) Values() []Type

Values returns all known values for Type. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3Class added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3Class string
const (
	Vc3ClassClass1458bit  Vc3Class = "CLASS_145_8BIT"
	Vc3ClassClass2208bit  Vc3Class = "CLASS_220_8BIT"
	Vc3ClassClass22010bit Vc3Class = "CLASS_220_10BIT"
)

Enum values for Vc3Class

func (Vc3Class) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3Class) Values() []Vc3Class

Values returns all known values for Vc3Class. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3FramerateControl added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3FramerateControl string
const (
	Vc3FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Vc3FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vc3FramerateControlSpecified            Vc3FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vc3FramerateControl

func (Vc3FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3FramerateControl) Values() []Vc3FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Vc3FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3InterlaceMode added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3InterlaceMode string
const (
	Vc3InterlaceModeInterlaced  Vc3InterlaceMode = "INTERLACED"
	Vc3InterlaceModeProgressive Vc3InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

Enum values for Vc3InterlaceMode

func (Vc3InterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3InterlaceMode) Values() []Vc3InterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for Vc3InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3Settings added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3Settings struct {

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Vc3FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Optional. Choose the scan line type for this output. If you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert will create a progressive output.
	InterlaceMode Vc3InterlaceMode

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video
	// frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly
	// reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Framerate
	// to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to (SPECIFIED),
	// (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal Vc3SlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine (HARD) to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
	// None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
	// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine Vc3Telecine

	// Specify the VC3 class to choose the quality characteristics for this output. VC3
	// class, together with the settings Framerate (framerateNumerator and
	// framerateDenominator) and Resolution (height and width), determine your output
	// bitrate. For example, say that your video resolution is 1920x1080 and your
	// framerate is 29.97. Then Class 145 (CLASS_145) gives you an output with a
	// bitrate of approximately 145 Mbps and Class 220 (CLASS_220) gives you and output
	// with a bitrate of approximately 220 Mbps. VC3 class also specifies the color bit
	// depth of your output.
	Vc3Class Vc3Class
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VC3

type Vc3SlowPal added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3SlowPal string
const (
	Vc3SlowPalDisabled Vc3SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	Vc3SlowPalEnabled  Vc3SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Vc3SlowPal

func (Vc3SlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3SlowPal) Values() []Vc3SlowPal

Values returns all known values for Vc3SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3Telecine added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3Telecine string
const (
	Vc3TelecineNone Vc3Telecine = "NONE"
	Vc3TelecineHard Vc3Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for Vc3Telecine

func (Vc3Telecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3Telecine) Values() []Vc3Telecine

Values returns all known values for Vc3Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoCodec 

type VideoCodec string
const (
	VideoCodecAv1          VideoCodec = "AV1"
	VideoCodecAvcIntra     VideoCodec = "AVC_INTRA"
	VideoCodecFrameCapture VideoCodec = "FRAME_CAPTURE"
	VideoCodecH264         VideoCodec = "H_264"
	VideoCodecH265         VideoCodec = "H_265"
	VideoCodecMpeg2        VideoCodec = "MPEG2"
	VideoCodecProres       VideoCodec = "PRORES"
	VideoCodecVc3          VideoCodec = "VC3"
	VideoCodecVp8          VideoCodec = "VP8"
	VideoCodecVp9          VideoCodec = "VP9"
)

Enum values for VideoCodec

func (VideoCodec) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (VideoCodec) Values() []VideoCodec

Values returns all known values for VideoCodec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoCodecSettings 

type VideoCodecSettings struct {

	// Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value
	// AV1.
	Av1Settings *Av1Settings

	// Required when you set your output video codec to AVC-Intra. For more information
	// about the AVC-I settings, see the relevant specification. For detailed
	// information about SD and HD in AVC-I, see
	// https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7290936.
	AvcIntraSettings *AvcIntraSettings

	// Specifies the video codec. This must be equal to one of the enum values defined
	// by the object VideoCodec.
	Codec VideoCodec

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value FRAME_CAPTURE.
	FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value H_264.
	H264Settings *H264Settings

	// Settings for H265 codec
	H265Settings *H265Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value MPEG2.
	Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value PRORES.
	ProresSettings *ProresSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value VC3
	Vc3Settings *Vc3Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value VP8.
	Vp8Settings *Vp8Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value VP9.
	Vp9Settings *Vp9Settings
}

Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AV1, Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA, AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * VC3, Vc3Settings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings

type VideoDescription 

type VideoDescription struct {

	// This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD
	// signaling (AfdSignaling) to specify whether the service includes AFD values in
	// the output video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD
	// values from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead
	// encode the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD
	// values based on the input AFD scaler data.
	AfdSignaling AfdSignaling

	// The anti-alias filter is automatically applied to all outputs. The service no
	// longer accepts the value DISABLED for AntiAlias. If you specify that in your
	// job, the service will ignore the setting.
	AntiAlias AntiAlias

	// Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains the
	// group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary
	// depending on the value that you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each codec
	// enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following
	// lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AV1, Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA,
	// AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings * H_264, H264Settings *
	// H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * VC3,
	// Vc3Settings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings
	CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings

	// Choose Insert (INSERT) for this setting to include color metadata in this
	// output. Choose Ignore (IGNORE) to exclude color metadata from this output. If
	// you don't specify a value, the service sets this to Insert by default.
	ColorMetadata ColorMetadata

	// Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will
	// include in the output video frame.
	Crop *Rectangle

	// Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service
	// will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame
	// timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled
	// by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled.
	DropFrameTimecode DropFrameTimecode

	// Applies only if you set AFD Signaling(AfdSignaling) to Fixed (FIXED). Use Fixed
	// (FixedAfd) to specify a four-bit AFD value which the service will write on all
	// frames of this video output.
	FixedAfd int32

	// Use the Height (Height) setting to define the video resolution height for this
	// output. Specify in pixels. If you don't provide a value here, the service will
	// use the input height.
	Height int32

	// Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output
	// frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black.
	Position *Rectangle

	// Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the video
	// itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the
	// input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and
	// output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD
	// values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). A preferred
	// implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) and set
	// AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this
	// output.
	RespondToAfd RespondToAfd

	// Specify how the service handles outputs that have a different aspect ratio from
	// the input aspect ratio. Choose Stretch to output (STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT) to have the
	// service stretch your video image to fit. Keep the setting Default (DEFAULT) to
	// have the service letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any value
	// that you specify for the setting Selection placement (position) in this output.
	ScalingBehavior ScalingBehavior

	// Use Sharpness (Sharpness) setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. This
	// setting changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling.
	// Sharpness only applies if your output resolution is different from your input
	// resolution. 0 is the softest setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for
	// most content.
	Sharpness int32

	// Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode
	// insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate. To
	// include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion
	// (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to PIC_TIMING_SEI. To leave them out, set it to
	// DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service inserts timecodes in an output,
	// by default, it uses any embedded timecodes from the input. If none are present,
	// the service will set the timecode for the first output frame to zero. To change
	// this default behavior, adjust the settings under Timecode configuration
	// (TimecodeConfig). In the console, these settings are located under Job > Job
	// settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode source under input settings
	// (InputTimecodeSource) does not affect the timecodes that are inserted in the
	// output. Source under Job settings > Timecode configuration (TimecodeSource)
	// does.
	TimecodeInsertion VideoTimecodeInsertion

	// Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors).
	// Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by
	// default.
	VideoPreprocessors *VideoPreprocessor

	// Use Width (Width) to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this
	// output. If you don't provide a value here, the service will use the input width.
	Width int32
}

Settings for video outputs

type VideoDetail 

type VideoDetail struct {

	// Height in pixels for the output
	HeightInPx int32

	// Width in pixels for the output
	WidthInPx int32
}

Contains details about the output's video stream

type VideoPreprocessor 

type VideoPreprocessor struct {

	// Enable the Color corrector (ColorCorrector) feature if necessary. Enable or
	// disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by
	// default.
	ColorCorrector *ColorCorrector

	// Use Deinterlacer (Deinterlacer) to produce smoother motion and a clearer
	// picture.
	Deinterlacer *Deinterlacer

	// Enable Dolby Vision feature to produce Dolby Vision compatible video output.
	DolbyVision *DolbyVision

	// Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay
	// on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This
	// setting is disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter

	// Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your video
	// output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output
	// individually. This setting is disabled by default.
	NoiseReducer *NoiseReducer

	// If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group of
	// settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks in
	// your output.
	PartnerWatermarking *PartnerWatermarking

	// Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified
	// prefix into the output.
	TimecodeBurnin *TimecodeBurnin
}

Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.

type VideoSelector 

type VideoSelector struct {

	// Ignore this setting unless this input is a QuickTime animation with an alpha
	// channel. Use this setting to create separate Key and Fill outputs. In each
	// output, specify which part of the input MediaConvert uses. Leave this setting at
	// the default value DISCARD to delete the alpha channel and preserve the video.
	// Set it to REMAP_TO_LUMA to delete the video and map the alpha channel to the
	// luma channel of your outputs.
	AlphaBehavior AlphaBehavior

	// If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know
	// about color space, leave this set to the default value Follow (FOLLOW). The
	// service will automatically detect your input color space. If your input video
	// has metadata indicating the wrong color space, specify the accurate color space
	// here. If your input video is HDR 10 and the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display
	// Color Volume static metadata isn't present in your video stream, or if that
	// metadata is present but not accurate, choose Force HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10) here and
	// specify correct values in the input HDR 10 metadata (Hdr10Metadata) settings.
	// For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	ColorSpace ColorSpace

	// There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input
	// settings Color space (ColorSpace) and HDR master display information
	// settings(Hdr10Metadata). The Color space usage setting determines which takes
	// precedence. Choose Force (FORCE) to use color metadata from the input job
	// settings. If you don't specify values for those settings, the service defaults
	// to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK - Choose Fallback (FALLBACK) to use
	// color metadata from the source when it is present. If there's no color metadata
	// in your input file, the service defaults to using values you specify in the
	// input settings.
	ColorSpaceUsage ColorSpaceUsage

	// Use these settings to provide HDR 10 metadata that is missing or inaccurate in
	// your input video. Appropriate values vary depending on the input video and must
	// be provided by a color grader. The color grader generates these values during
	// the HDR 10 mastering process. The valid range for each of these settings is 0 to
	// 50,000. Each increment represents 0.00002 in CIE1931 color coordinate. Related
	// settings - When you specify these values, you must also set Color space
	// (ColorSpace) to HDR 10 (HDR10). To specify whether the the values you specify
	// here take precedence over the values in the metadata of your input file, set
	// Color space usage (ColorSpaceUsage). To specify whether color metadata is
	// included in an output, set Color metadata (ColorMetadata). For more information
	// about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata

	// Use PID (Pid) to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this
	// value as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal
	// value. For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is an
	// identifier for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container.
	Pid int32

	// Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. Note
	// that Quad 4K is not currently supported.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// Use Rotate (InputRotate) to specify how the service rotates your video. You can
	// choose automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise
	// rotation of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or
	// .mp4 and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the
	// service rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata.
	// The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the
	// rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default to no
	// rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input video has
	// rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata.
	Rotate InputRotate
}

Selector for video.

type VideoTimecodeInsertion 

type VideoTimecodeInsertion string
const (
	VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled     VideoTimecodeInsertion = "DISABLED"
	VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei VideoTimecodeInsertion = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

Enum values for VideoTimecodeInsertion

func (VideoTimecodeInsertion) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (VideoTimecodeInsertion) Values() []VideoTimecodeInsertion

Values returns all known values for VideoTimecodeInsertion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VorbisSettings 

type VorbisSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing
	// Mono on the console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In
	// the API, valid values are 1 and 2. The default value is 2.
	Channels int32

	// Optional. Specify the audio sample rate in Hz. Valid values are 22050, 32000,
	// 44100, and 48000. The default value is 48000.
	SampleRate int32

	// Optional. Specify the variable audio quality of this Vorbis output from -1
	// (lowest quality, ~45 kbit/s) to 10 (highest quality, ~500 kbit/s). The default
	// value is 4 (~128 kbit/s). Values 5 and 6 are approximately 160 and 192 kbit/s,
	// respectively.
	VbrQuality int32
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value Vorbis.

type Vp8FramerateControl 

type Vp8FramerateControl string
const (
	Vp8FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Vp8FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp8FramerateControlSpecified            Vp8FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp8FramerateControl

func (Vp8FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8FramerateControl) Values() []Vp8FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Vp8FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8ParControl 

type Vp8ParControl string
const (
	Vp8ParControlInitializeFromSource Vp8ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp8ParControlSpecified            Vp8ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp8ParControl

func (Vp8ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8ParControl) Values() []Vp8ParControl

Values returns all known values for Vp8ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8QualityTuningLevel 

type Vp8QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPass   Vp8QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
	Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq Vp8QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for Vp8QualityTuningLevel

func (Vp8QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8QualityTuningLevel) Values() []Vp8QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for Vp8QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8RateControlMode 

type Vp8RateControlMode string
const (
	Vp8RateControlModeVbr Vp8RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for Vp8RateControlMode

func (Vp8RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8RateControlMode) Values() []Vp8RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Vp8RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8Settings 

type Vp8Settings struct {

	// Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000.
	Bitrate int32

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Vp8FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize float64

	// Optional. Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five
	// megabits as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional.
	// Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per
	// second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate as the
	// maximum bitrate.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl Vp8ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Vp8QualityTuningLevel

	// With the VP8 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
	// mode.
	RateControlMode Vp8RateControlMode
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VP8.

type Vp9FramerateControl 

type Vp9FramerateControl string
const (
	Vp9FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Vp9FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp9FramerateControlSpecified            Vp9FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp9FramerateControl

func (Vp9FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9FramerateControl) Values() []Vp9FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Vp9FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9ParControl 

type Vp9ParControl string
const (
	Vp9ParControlInitializeFromSource Vp9ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp9ParControlSpecified            Vp9ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp9ParControl

func (Vp9ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9ParControl) Values() []Vp9ParControl

Values returns all known values for Vp9ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9QualityTuningLevel 

type Vp9QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPass   Vp9QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
	Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq Vp9QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for Vp9QualityTuningLevel

func (Vp9QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9QualityTuningLevel) Values() []Vp9QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for Vp9QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9RateControlMode 

type Vp9RateControlMode string
const (
	Vp9RateControlModeVbr Vp9RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for Vp9RateControlMode

func (Vp9RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9RateControlMode) Values() []Vp9RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Vp9RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9Settings 

type Vp9Settings struct {

	// Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000.
	Bitrate int32

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Vp9FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize float64

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional.
	// Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per
	// second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate as the
	// maximum bitrate.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio for this
	// output. The default behavior is to use the same pixel aspect ratio as your input
	// video.
	ParControl Vp9ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Vp9QualityTuningLevel

	// With the VP9 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
	// mode.
	RateControlMode Vp9RateControlMode
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VP9.

type WatermarkingStrength 

type WatermarkingStrength string
const (
	WatermarkingStrengthLightest  WatermarkingStrength = "LIGHTEST"
	WatermarkingStrengthLighter   WatermarkingStrength = "LIGHTER"
	WatermarkingStrengthDefault   WatermarkingStrength = "DEFAULT"
	WatermarkingStrengthStronger  WatermarkingStrength = "STRONGER"
	WatermarkingStrengthStrongest WatermarkingStrength = "STRONGEST"
)

Enum values for WatermarkingStrength

func (WatermarkingStrength) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (WatermarkingStrength) Values() []WatermarkingStrength

Values returns all known values for WatermarkingStrength. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type WavFormat 

type WavFormat string
const (
	WavFormatRiff WavFormat = "RIFF"
	WavFormatRf64 WavFormat = "RF64"
)

Enum values for WavFormat

func (WavFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (WavFormat) Values() []WavFormat

Values returns all known values for WavFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type WavSettings 

type WavSettings struct {

	// Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality
	// for this audio track.
	BitDepth int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are 1
	// and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels int32

	// The service defaults to using RIFF for WAV outputs. If your output audio is
	// likely to exceed 4 GB in file size, or if you otherwise need the extended
	// support of the RF64 format, set your output WAV file format to RF64.
	Format WavFormat

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate int32
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value WAV.

Source Files

View all Source files

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.